Littleton City Zoning Code

CHAPTER 2

DOWNTOWN DT

Related Provisions
Sec. 10-1-1.3	Land Use Matrix	Permitted, specially permitted, conditional, and accessory uses permitted within the NC and CM districts
Sec. 10-1-1.4	Land Use Standards	Standards that apply to land uses denoted with an "S" in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix
Sec. 10-9-5.1	Conditional Use Standards	Standards for land uses denoted as "C" in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix
Sec. 10-1-2.3	Height and Yard Exceptions	Allowable exceptions to the setbacks and heights within the NC and CM districts
Sec. 10-1-3.1	General Design Standards	Standards relating to wall articulation, varied massing, blank walls, and screening
Sec. 10-1-3.2	Non-Residential and Mixed-Use Design Standards	Permitted and alternative materials and CPTED review standards
Sec. 10-9-5.8	Adaptive Reuse Plan	Development standards and reuse incentives for the revitalization or redevelopment of buildings
Sec. 10-1-3.4	Sustainable Building Design	Incentives for the use of sustainable design and development practices
Sec. 10-1-3.7	Vehicle Mobility	Minimum required and maximum allowable parking, credits and reductions, vehicle access and parking design, landscape and screening standards, and pedestrian circulation (Subsection 10-1-3.7.B, Parking and Access in the DT Districts)
Sec. 10-1-3.8	Alternative Mobility	Bicycle parking standards
Sec. 10-1-3.11	Outdoor Lighting Standards	Standards for on-site exterior lighting and for certain districts, uses and site features
Sec. 10-9-3.10	Development Review Summary	Descriptions of all required approval and permit processes
Sec. 10-12-2.1	Definitions	Definitions of land uses and general terms
Base Standards
Sec. 10-1-3.6	Greenspace Design Standards	General planting, landscape, bufferyard and tree canopy coverage requirements
Sec. 10-1-3.10	Sign Standards	Signs allowed and prohibited, installation and maintenance requirements, means of measuring sign dimensions, bonuses, and standards for temporary signs

Related Provisions
Sec. 10-1-1.3	Land Use Matrix	Permitted, specially permitted, conditional, and accessory uses permitted within the NC and CM districts
Sec. 10-1-1.4	Land Use Standards	Standards that apply to land uses denoted with an "S" in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix
Sec. 10-9-5.1	Conditional Use Standards	Standards for land uses denoted as "C" in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix
Sec. 10-1-2.3	Height and Yard Exceptions	Allowable exceptions to the setbacks and heights within the NC and CM districts
Sec. 10-1-3.1	General Design Standards	Standards relating to wall articulation, varied massing, blank walls, and screening
Sec. 10-1-3.2	Non-Residential and Mixed-Use Design Standards	Permitted and alternative materials and CPTED review standards
Sec. 10-9-5.8	Adaptive Reuse Plan	Development standards and reuse incentives for the revitalization or redevelopment of buildings
Sec. 10-1-3.4	Sustainable Building Design	Incentives for the use of sustainable design and development practices
Sec. 10-1-3.7	Vehicle Mobility	Minimum required and maximum allowable parking, credits and reductions, vehicle access and parking design, landscape and screening standards, and pedestrian circulation (Subsection 10-1-3.7.B, Parking and Access in the DT Districts)
Sec. 10-1-3.8	Alternative Mobility	Bicycle parking standards
Sec. 10-1-3.11	Outdoor Lighting Standards	Standards for on-site exterior lighting and for certain districts, uses and site features
Sec. 10-9-3.10	Development Review Summary	Descriptions of all required approval and permit processes
Sec. 10-12-2.1	Definitions	Definitions of land uses and general terms
Base Standards
Sec. 10-1-3.6	Greenspace Design Standards	General planting, landscape, bufferyard and tree canopy coverage requirements
Sec. 10-1-3.10	Sign Standards	Signs allowed and prohibited, installation and maintenance requirements, means of measuring sign dimensions, bonuses, and standards for temporary signs

Related Provisions
Sec. 10-1-1.3	Land Use Matrix	Permitted, specially permitted, conditional, and accessory uses permitted within the NC and CM districts
Sec. 10-1-1.4	Land Use Standards	Standards that apply to land uses denoted with an "S" in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix
Sec. 10-9-5.1	Conditional Use Standards	Standards for land uses denoted as "C" in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix
Sec. 10-1-2.3	Height and Yard Exceptions	Allowable exceptions to the setbacks and heights within the NC and CM districts
Sec. 10-1-3.1	General Design Standards	Standards relating to wall articulation, varied massing, blank walls, and screening
Sec. 10-1-3.2	Non-Residential and Mixed-Use Design Standards	Permitted and alternative materials and CPTED review standards
Sec. 10-9-5.8	Adaptive Reuse Plan	Development standards and reuse incentives for the revitalization or redevelopment of buildings
Sec. 10-1-3.4	Sustainable Building Design	Incentives for the use of sustainable design and development practices
Sec. 10-1-3.7	Vehicle Mobility	Minimum required and maximum allowable parking, credits and reductions, vehicle access and parking design, landscape and screening standards, and pedestrian circulation (Subsection 10-1-3.7.B, Parking and Access in the DT Districts)
Sec. 10-1-3.8	Alternative Mobility	Bicycle parking standards
Sec. 10-1-3.11	Outdoor Lighting Standards	Standards for on-site exterior lighting and for certain districts, uses and site features
Sec. 10-9-3.10	Development Review Summary	Descriptions of all required approval and permit processes
Sec. 10-12-2.1	Definitions	Definitions of land uses and general terms
Base Standards
Sec. 10-1-3.6	Greenspace Design Standards	General planting, landscape, bufferyard and tree canopy coverage requirements
Sec. 10-1-3.10	Sign Standards	Signs allowed and prohibited, installation and maintenance requirements, means of measuring sign dimensions, bonuses, and standards for temporary signs

Related Provisions
Sec. 10-1-1.3	Land Use Matrix	Permitted, specially permitted, conditional, and accessory uses permitted within the NC and CM districts
Sec. 10-1-1.4	Land Use Standards	Standards that apply to land uses denoted with an "S" in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix
Sec. 10-9-5.1	Conditional Use Standards	Standards for land uses denoted as "C" in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix
Sec. 10-1-2.3	Height and Yard Exceptions	Allowable exceptions to the setbacks and heights within the NC and CM districts
Sec. 10-1-3.1	General Design Standards	Standards relating to wall articulation, varied massing, blank walls, and screening
Sec. 10-1-3.2	Non-Residential and Mixed-Use Design Standards	Permitted and alternative materials and CPTED review standards
Sec. 10-9-5.8	Adaptive Reuse Plan	Development standards and reuse incentives for the revitalization or redevelopment of buildings
Sec. 10-1-3.4	Sustainable Building Design	Incentives for the use of sustainable design and development practices
Sec. 10-1-3.7	Vehicle Mobility	Minimum required and maximum allowable parking, credits and reductions, vehicle access and parking design, landscape and screening standards, and pedestrian circulation (Subsection 10-1-3.7.B, Parking and Access in the DT Districts)
Sec. 10-1-3.8	Alternative Mobility	Bicycle parking standards
Sec. 10-1-3.11	Outdoor Lighting Standards	Standards for on-site exterior lighting and for certain districts, uses and site features
Sec. 10-9-3.10	Development Review Summary	Descriptions of all required approval and permit processes
Sec. 10-12-2.1	Definitions	Definitions of land uses and general terms
Base Standards
Sec. 10-1-3.6	Greenspace Design Standards	General planting, landscape, bufferyard and tree canopy coverage requirements
Sec. 10-1-3.10	Sign Standards	Signs allowed and prohibited, installation and maintenance requirements, means of measuring sign dimensions, bonuses, and standards for temporary signs

(Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Section 10-2-1.1 DT Purpose

Purpose.

1.
Downtown. Downtown is established for the purpose of providing residential, non-residential, and mixed-use development within the city's Downtown.
1. a.
  Development within this district is typically, but not always, denser than other parts of the city and generally consists of multi-story buildings that are built to the street; parking that is located on-street, to the rear of the property, tucked under or in parking structures; and landscaping that is formal, with regularly-spaced street trees, planters, and street furniture.
2. b.
  There is also an area typified by less dense and intense development with landscaped areas in front of the building and parking that may be located in front of the building.
3. c.
  This district implements the Comprehensive Plan’s goals related to access to a variety of housing types, supporting the socially and economically vibrant Downtown, preserving and protecting areas and structures with historic significance and character, and allowing Downtown to remain an inclusive community.
4. d.
  This district includes a designated National Register Historic District, a local Landmark District, and individually designated historic structures. Designated historic structures are also subject to the purpose and regulations of Chapter 8, Historic Preservation.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022)

Effective on: 8/25/2022

Section 10-2-1.2 DT Applicability

This Chapter applies to all land, buildings, structures, and appurtenances within the Downtown districts set out in Section 10-1-1.1, Base Districts, and shown on the Official Zoning Map. The provisions of this Chapter also apply to land that is depicted on the Future Land Use and Character Map as Urban Downtown Transition, Urban Downtown Mixed Use, and Urban Downtown Main Street. The applicable zoning districts are set out in Section 10-2-2, DT Downtown Districts and Uses.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Section 10-2-2.1 DT Districts and Uses

Districts.

1.
Plan Implementation. The zoning districts that implement the Urban Downtown Main Street, Urban Downtown Mixed-Use, and Urban Downtown Transition designations on the Future Land Use and Character Map include:
1. a.
  DMS, Downtown Main Street;
2. b.
  DTA, Downtown Transition Area;
3. c.
  DMU, Downtown Mixed-Use; and
4. d.
  DNR, Downtown Neighborhood Residential.
2.
Purposes. The purposes of these districts and their relationship to the Comprehensive Plan and former zoning designations are set out in Section 10-1-1.1, Base Districts.

Land Uses. The land uses are organized by general and specific use categories. As set out in Table 10-1-1.3.1, Land Use Matrix, a land use is indicated as being Permitted (P), permitted subject to special Standards (S), permitted subject to approval of the Conditional Use (C), Accessory (A), or Prohibited (--). If additional standards apply to land uses, the applicable sections are cross-referenced in the far right column of the table.

District Definitions and Objectives.

1.
DNR, Downtown Neighborhood Residential.
1. 1.
  Definition. This district is defined by its pedestrian-oriented street edge alongside modest front yards and reflects its existing low-density, single-family heritage while accommodating compatible multi-family building forms.
2. 2.
  Objectives.
  1. 1.
    Uses. The area supports a mix of single-family and multi-family land uses that maintain the existing residential character while transitioning to more intensive non-residential uses in the Downtown core.
  2. 2.
    Scale. Buildings should be predominantly two stories with one-story elements in front to establish a reduced scale.
  3. 3.
    Building Form. Buildings should be primarily rectilinear in form and accented with varied massing.
  4. 4.
    Roof Shape. Roofs should be primarily sloping with a percentage of rooms being sloped and required only on single-family detached buildings.
  5. 5.
    Street Level. Porches and shared residential entries should signal direct connection with the street.
  6. 6.
    Frontages. Building frontages should be residential in character, including required front yards.
  7. 7.
    Parking. Parking should be subordinate on the property with location to the rear of the principal structure or screened by landscaping or fencing.
  8. 8.
    Open Space. All uses should provide sufficient open space in the form of pervious area and planted greenery that is visible from the street.
  9. 9.
    Tree Canopy. Tree plantings should be incorporated into all properties to enhance the overall tree canopy.
  10. 10.
    Streetscape. Sidewalks should include a consistent treatment of street trees which enhance the tree canopy and allow for an ADA-compliant pathway along with pedestrian-scale lighting, and other street furniture such as benches, trash receptacles, and bicycle racks.
  11. 11.
    Preservation. Designated historic buildings, structures, sites, and areas will be protected, enhanced, and perpetuated in accordance with CHAPTER 8, Historic Preservation.
2.
DTA, Downtown Transition Area.
1. a.
  Definition. This district is pedestrian-oriented and reflects a historic residential form and usage while accommodating a moderately higher density mix of commercial, restaurant, office, hotel, and mixed-use and residential uses and building types.
2. b.
  Objectives.
  1. 1.
    Uses. The area supports a mix of complementary uses, including commercial, office, and residential.
  2. 2.
    Scale. Buildings are predominantly two and three stories articulated with some one-story elements in front to reduce scale.
  3. 3.
    Building Form. A combination of roof forms is allowed with some sloped forms on all buildings.
  4. 4.
    Roof Shape. A variety of roof shapes are allowed with some sloped and required on single-family detached buildings and two-story townhomes and multiplexes.
  5. 5.
    Street Level. The street-level design should incorporate elements such as storefronts, front stoops, and porches at street-facing entrances.
  6. 6.
    Frontages. Front yards and plazas of buildings should be landscaped with low-water plants, trees, perennials, and annuals.
  7. 7.
    Parking. Parking should be subordinate to the principal structure on the property and located to the rear of the principal structure, be tucked under, and be screened by landscaping or fencing.
  8. 8.
    Open Space. All uses should provide sufficient open space in the form of hardscape and/or naturalized, low-maintenance plant and tree material that is visible from the street.
  9. 9.
    Tree Canopy. Naturalized, low-maintenance tree plantings should be incorporated into all properties to enhance the overall tree canopy.
  10. 10.
    Streetscape. Sidewalks should include a consistent treatment of street trees to enhance the tree canopy and allow for an ADA-compliant pathway along with pedestrian-scale lighting, and other street furniture such as benches, trash receptacles, and bicycle racks.
  11. 11.
    Preservation. Where non-designated historic resources exist, preservation should be considered prior to demolition.
3.
DMS, Downtown Main Street.
1. a.
  Definition. This district establishes a small-town feel through a consistent urban form of an active, pedestrian-oriented street edge and the small-scale and diverse historical architectural styles of Main and Prince Streets. Buildings accommodate a mix of uses within multiple stories and support the walkable character of the historic Downtown. This district includes a locally designated Downtown Historic District and the Main Street National Register Historic District.
2. b.
  Objectives.
  1. 1.
    Designated Historic Structures. Preservation of designated historic landmarks and buildings in historic districts is ensured through implementation of Chapter 8, Historic Preservation, as applicable.
  2. 2.
    Streetscape. Sidewalks should include a consistent treatment of street trees to enhance the tree canopy and allow for an ADA-compliant pathway along with pedestrian-scale lighting, and other street furniture such as benches, trash receptacles, and bicycle racks.
  3. 3.
    Open Space. All uses should provide sufficient open space in the form of hardscape and street trees that are visible from the street.
  4. 4.
    Parking. Parking must be subordinate to the primary structure and use on the property and located to the rear of the primary use and structured or screened.
  5. 5.
    Frontages. Building frontages maintain the historic Main Street character by retaining the alignment of building façades at the sidewalk edge.
  6. 6.
    Street Level. The street-level design promotes a pedestrian-friendly public realm activated by storefronts, outdoor seating, and street-facing building entrances.
  7. 7.
    Building Mass. New buildings should utilize design that reduces perceived scale and conveys building proportions reflective of the historic character of the area.
  8. 8.
    Roof Shape. A variety of roof shapes are allowed with little to no slope required.
  9. 9.
    Building Form. Building form should consist of a primarily simple, rectangular form and be accented with varied massing and articulation.
  10. 10.
    Scale. New buildings shall reflect the scale of the surrounding structures.
  11. 11.
    Uses. The area supports a mix of complementary uses, including commercial, retail, restaurants, bars, entertainment, office, and mixed-use.
4.
DMU, Downtown Mixed-Use.
1. a.
  Definition. This district consists of mixed-use buildings with an active, pedestrian-oriented street edge. The predominant building form retains a traditional urban scale, design, and mix of uses which complements the Downtown Main Street (DMS) district.
2. b.
  Objectives.
  1. 1.
    Preservation. Where designated historic resources exist, they shall be protected, enhanced, and perpetuated in accordance with Chapter 8, Historic Preservation.
  2. 2.
    Little’s Creek. Buildings, new and old, interact with and activate Little’s Creek by providing access and outdoor spaces that are oriented toward the amenity.
  3. 3.
    Streetscape. Sidewalks should include a consistent treatment of street trees to enhance the tree canopy and allow for an ADA-compliant pathway along with pedestrian-scale lighting, and other street furniture such as benches, trash receptacles, and bicycle racks.
  4. 4.
    Tree Canopy. Tree plantings should be incorporated into the public realm and within properties to enhance the overall tree canopy.
  5. 5.
    Open Space. All uses should provide sufficient open space in the form of hardscape and/or planted greenery that is visible from the street.
  6. 6.
    Parking. Parking is subordinate on the property with location to the rear of, or wrapped by, the primary structure or screened by landscaping or fencing.
  7. 7.
    Frontages. Front setbacks should promote a pedestrian-friendly street frontage with some variation to support plazas and courtyards.
  8. 8.
    Street Level. The street level is defined by a variety of storefronts, apartment or hotel lobby entrances, and residential front stoops.
  9. 9.
    Roof Shape. A variety of roof shapes are allowed with slope required only on single-family detached buildings.
  10. 10.
    Building Form. Buildings should be primarily rectilinear in form and accented with varied massing.
  11. 11.
    Scale. The buildings should maintain a pedestrian-friendly sidewalk edge with predominantly two-to-three stories at the street edge.
  12. 12.
    Uses. The area supports a mix of complementary uses, including commercial, office, institutional, and residential.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022)

Effective on: 8/25/2022

Section 10-2-2.2 DT Lot and Building Standards

Refer to Section 10-2-3.2, DT Standards of Design.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Section 10-2-3.1 DT Building Materials

Applicability. These building material standards apply to the Downtown Main Street (DMS); Downtown Transition Area (DTA); Downtown Mixed-Use (DMU); and Downtown Neighborhood Residential (DNR) districts.

Building Materials.

1.
Material Types. Refer to Subsection 10-1-3.2.A, Building Material Standards.
2.
Building Materials Table. Displayed in Table 10-2-3.1, Building Materials Permitted by DT District, are the applicable zoning districts and the allowable material types.
3.
Alternative Materials. Refer to Subsection 10-1-3.2.A, Building Material Standards.

Table 10-2-3.1 Building Materials Permitted by DT District
P = Primary material; S = Secondary material (less than 25% of façade area); "--" = Not permitted
	Material Type	DNR	DMU	DMS	DTA
1 Masonry
1a)	Modular Brick	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
1b)	Modular Stone	P, S	P, S	S	P, S
1c)	Architectural cast or precast concrete (detailed)	S	P, S	S	P, S
1d)	Architectural reinforced concrete (glass fiber, fiber)	--	P, S	--	S
1e)	Cement board siding	P, S	P, S	--	S
1f)	Terra cotta	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
1g)	Cast stone	P, S	P, S	S	P, S
1h)	An architectural concrete masonry unit	--	S	--	S
1i)	Panelized brick or stone	S	P, S	--	S
2 Metal
2a)	Metal panels	--	S	S	S
2b)	Metal accents	S	S	S	S
3 Siding
3a)	Horizontal lap (wood, cement board)	P, S	S	S*	P, S
3b)	Shingles (wood, cement board)	P, S	S	--	P, S
	Vertical board and batten (wood, cement board)	P, S	--	--	P, S
4 Stucco
4a)	Authentic	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
4b)	Synthetic (scored)	S	P, S	--	S
4c)	Synthetic (not scored)	S	--	--	S
5 Glass
5a)	Curtain wall	--	S	--	S
5b)	Glass Accent	S	S	S	S
TABLE NOTES: *This is only allowed on upper stories that are stepped back from the building front.

Table 10-2-3.1 Building Materials Permitted by DT District
P = Primary material; S = Secondary material (less than 25% of façade area); "--" = Not permitted
	Material Type	DNR	DMU	DMS	DTA
1 Masonry
1a)	Modular Brick	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
1b)	Modular Stone	P, S	P, S	S	P, S
1c)	Architectural cast or precast concrete (detailed)	S	P, S	S	P, S
1d)	Architectural reinforced concrete (glass fiber, fiber)	--	P, S	--	S
1e)	Cement board siding	P, S	P, S	--	S
1f)	Terra cotta	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
1g)	Cast stone	P, S	P, S	S	P, S
1h)	An architectural concrete masonry unit	--	S	--	S
1i)	Panelized brick or stone	S	P, S	--	S
2 Metal
2a)	Metal panels	--	S	S	S
2b)	Metal accents	S	S	S	S
3 Siding
3a)	Horizontal lap (wood, cement board)	P, S	S	S*	P, S
3b)	Shingles (wood, cement board)	P, S	S	--	P, S
	Vertical board and batten (wood, cement board)	P, S	--	--	P, S
4 Stucco
4a)	Authentic	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
4b)	Synthetic (scored)	S	P, S	--	S
4c)	Synthetic (not scored)	S	--	--	S
5 Glass
5a)	Curtain wall	--	S	--	S
5b)	Glass Accent	S	S	S	S
TABLE NOTES: *This is only allowed on upper stories that are stepped back from the building front.

Table 10-2-3.1 Building Materials Permitted by DT District
P = Primary material; S = Secondary material (less than 25% of façade area); "--" = Not permitted
	Material Type	DNR	DMU	DMS	DTA
1 Masonry
1a)	Modular Brick	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
1b)	Modular Stone	P, S	P, S	S	P, S
1c)	Architectural cast or precast concrete (detailed)	S	P, S	S	P, S
1d)	Architectural reinforced concrete (glass fiber, fiber)	--	P, S	--	S
1e)	Cement board siding	P, S	P, S	--	S
1f)	Terra cotta	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
1g)	Cast stone	P, S	P, S	S	P, S
1h)	An architectural concrete masonry unit	--	S	--	S
1i)	Panelized brick or stone	S	P, S	--	S
2 Metal
2a)	Metal panels	--	S	S	S
2b)	Metal accents	S	S	S	S
3 Siding
3a)	Horizontal lap (wood, cement board)	P, S	S	S*	P, S
3b)	Shingles (wood, cement board)	P, S	S	--	P, S
	Vertical board and batten (wood, cement board)	P, S	--	--	P, S
4 Stucco
4a)	Authentic	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
4b)	Synthetic (scored)	S	P, S	--	S
4c)	Synthetic (not scored)	S	--	--	S
5 Glass
5a)	Curtain wall	--	S	--	S
5b)	Glass Accent	S	S	S	S
TABLE NOTES: *This is only allowed on upper stories that are stepped back from the building front.

Table 10-2-3.1 Building Materials Permitted by DT District
P = Primary material; S = Secondary material (less than 25% of façade area); "--" = Not permitted
	Material Type	DNR	DMU	DMS	DTA
1 Masonry
1a)	Modular Brick	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
1b)	Modular Stone	P, S	P, S	S	P, S
1c)	Architectural cast or precast concrete (detailed)	S	P, S	S	P, S
1d)	Architectural reinforced concrete (glass fiber, fiber)	--	P, S	--	S
1e)	Cement board siding	P, S	P, S	--	S
1f)	Terra cotta	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
1g)	Cast stone	P, S	P, S	S	P, S
1h)	An architectural concrete masonry unit	--	S	--	S
1i)	Panelized brick or stone	S	P, S	--	S
2 Metal
2a)	Metal panels	--	S	S	S
2b)	Metal accents	S	S	S	S
3 Siding
3a)	Horizontal lap (wood, cement board)	P, S	S	S*	P, S
3b)	Shingles (wood, cement board)	P, S	S	--	P, S
	Vertical board and batten (wood, cement board)	P, S	--	--	P, S
4 Stucco
4a)	Authentic	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
4b)	Synthetic (scored)	S	P, S	--	S
4c)	Synthetic (not scored)	S	--	--	S
5 Glass
5a)	Curtain wall	--	S	--	S
5b)	Glass Accent	S	S	S	S
TABLE NOTES: *This is only allowed on upper stories that are stepped back from the building front.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Section 10-2-3.2 DT Standards of Design

Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to provide design and dimensional standards for building types permitted in the DMS, DTA, DMU, and DNR districts. This Section provides general standards, common design features, and a description, illustrations, and detailed standards for each building type. Where impractical, these provisions may be subject to waiver requests at the sole discretion of the Director.

Applicability. The standards of this Section apply to:

1.
New. New principal buildings;
2.
Minor Expansions or Alterations. An expanded or altered portion of any existing principal building; and
3.
Major Expansions or Alterations. The entire existing principal building when an expansion or alteration exceeds 50 percent of the building’s existing square footage prior to the expansion or alteration.

Permitted Building Types by District. Building types may be constructed only within districts where the building type is permitted as set forth in Table 10-2-3.2.1, Permitted Building Types by District, below.

Most Similar Building Type. If the applicant proposes to expand or alter an existing structure, standards of the most similar building type, as determined by the Director, shall apply. The Director's determination shall be based on the following aspects of the existing structure:

1.
Dimensional. The dimensional aspects of the structure;
2.
Units. The number of legally established residential and/or non-residential units within the structure (where applicable); and
3.
Placement. The placement of the structure on the lot;

Maximum Height. Maximum height standards in the tables below are expressed as the maximum overall height in feet for a structure. The maximum height includes both full and half stories. No structure shall exceed the maximum height in feet.

Build-to-Zones. Build-to-zones are expressed as minimum and maximum setbacks for the sides of a structure parallel or roughly parallel to a street. The first and second numbers in each build-to-zone measurement are the minimum and maximum distances, respectively, that the structure may be placed from the street.

Primary Entrances.

1.
Position. In residential building types containing more than one unit, at least two of the residential entrances shall be directly accessible to the street and on the forwardmost portion of the primary façade (excluding porches, bay windows, and similar architectural projections) or within six feet of the forwardmost portion of the primary street-facing façade. The remainder of residential entrances may be accessible to the street from a courtyard or passageway.
2.
Spacing. Primary entrance spacing is expressed as the maximum distance between primary entrances as measured along a building façade that faces a public street or public open space.

District Specific Standards.

1.
Main Street (DMS). Where a front setback area is between a building frontage and street right-of-way, such area shall be designed to extend the pedestrian amenities of the street by increasing walkway width to accommodate areas for outdoor café/restaurant seating, allow window shopping, and to provide for the temporary display of retailer goods.
2.
Downtown Transition Area (DTA). Where a front setback area is between a building frontage and street right-of-way in the portion of Alamo Avenue east of South Nevada Street, such area shall be designed to extend the pedestrian amenities of the street, such as increased walkway widths, areas for outdoor café/restaurant seating, and increased sidewalk widths to allow window shopping and space for the temporary display of retailer goods

Building Type Table. Table 10-2-3.2.1, Permitted Building Types by District, shows the individual districts where each building type is permitted or prohibited. The symbols used in the table are defined as follows:

1.
"P" - Building type permitted; and
2.
"--" - Building type prohibited.

Table 10-2-3.2.1 Permitted Building Types by District
Building Type	Downtown Zoning Districts
Building Type	Downtown Neighborhood Residential (DNR)	Downtown Transition Area (DTA)	Downtown Main Street (DMS)	Downtown Mixed-Use (DMU)
Residential
Apartment	--	P	--	P
Mixed-Use Building (upper floor residential units)	--	P	P	P
Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex	P	P	--	P
Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	P	P	--	P
Multiplex (3-6 residential units)	P	P	--	P
Townhouse	P	P	--	P
Non-residential / Mixed-Use
Live-Work	--	P	--	P
Mixed-Use	--	P	P	P
Commercial	--	P	P	P
Office-Institutional	--	P	P	P
Parking Structure	--	P	P	P

Table 10-2-3.2.1 Permitted Building Types by District
Building Type	Downtown Zoning Districts
Building Type	Downtown Neighborhood Residential (DNR)	Downtown Transition Area (DTA)	Downtown Main Street (DMS)	Downtown Mixed-Use (DMU)
Residential
Apartment	--	P	--	P
Mixed-Use Building (upper floor residential units)	--	P	P	P
Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex	P	P	--	P
Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	P	P	--	P
Multiplex (3-6 residential units)	P	P	--	P
Townhouse	P	P	--	P
Non-residential / Mixed-Use
Live-Work	--	P	--	P
Mixed-Use	--	P	P	P
Commercial	--	P	P	P
Office-Institutional	--	P	P	P
Parking Structure	--	P	P	P

Table 10-2-3.2.1 Permitted Building Types by District
Building Type	Downtown Zoning Districts
Building Type	Downtown Neighborhood Residential (DNR)	Downtown Transition Area (DTA)	Downtown Main Street (DMS)	Downtown Mixed-Use (DMU)
Residential
Apartment	--	P	--	P
Mixed-Use Building (upper floor residential units)	--	P	P	P
Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex	P	P	--	P
Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	P	P	--	P
Multiplex (3-6 residential units)	P	P	--	P
Townhouse	P	P	--	P
Non-residential / Mixed-Use
Live-Work	--	P	--	P
Mixed-Use	--	P	P	P
Commercial	--	P	P	P
Office-Institutional	--	P	P	P
Parking Structure	--	P	P	P

Table 10-2-3.2.1 Permitted Building Types by District
Building Type	Downtown Zoning Districts
Building Type	Downtown Neighborhood Residential (DNR)	Downtown Transition Area (DTA)	Downtown Main Street (DMS)	Downtown Mixed-Use (DMU)
Residential
Apartment	--	P	--	P
Mixed-Use Building (upper floor residential units)	--	P	P	P
Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex	P	P	--	P
Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	P	P	--	P
Multiplex (3-6 residential units)	P	P	--	P
Townhouse	P	P	--	P
Non-residential / Mixed-Use
Live-Work	--	P	--	P
Mixed-Use	--	P	P	P
Commercial	--	P	P	P
Office-Institutional	--	P	P	P
Parking Structure	--	P	P	P

Section 10-2-4.1 DT Landscaping

Purpose. In addition to the landscaping statements in Subsection 10-1-3.6.A, Purpose, Applicability and Design, the greenscape and tree protection requirements in this Section serve to address the following:

1.
Character. Protect and preserve the appearance and character of the DMS, DTA, DMU, and DNR districts;
2.
Open Space Types. Establish a variety of open space types and standards to promote varied open space design;
3.
Green Biomass. Maximize pervious surface and establish and/or maintain the downtown tree canopy in order to minimize the urban heat island effect and to promote the many public benefits of green biomass; and
4.
Water Conservation. Ensure efficient and minimal use of water and other natural resources.

Design Principles. New construction and redevelopment should incorporate sustainable design principles whenever possible to reduce the environmental impacts of new development and provide cost savings. Such design strategies may include, but are not limited to:

1.
Energy Efficiency. On-site landscape elements that reduce energy use;
2.
Rainwater Collection. Using alleys, paseos, and greens to collect rainwater;
3.
Green Roofs. Providing green roofs to reduce solar gain (which contributes to the urban heat island effect) and to reduce the quantity of water entering the storm drainage system;
4.
Green Building. Certifying Green Buildings by LEED or other rating systems; and
5.
Low Impact Development. Integrating low impact development (LID) to include: roof water collection and reuse, cisterns, green roofs, inlet devices, deep mulching, structural soils, sand and organic and peat filters, bio-detention and bioretention, meadow and pocket parks, subsurface detention, filter-vertical recovery structures, rain gardens, biofiltration, depressed parking lot islands, permeable concrete, open joint terrace and walk system, and green canopies.

Applicability. The standards of this Section apply to all development, redevelopment, significant improvement, and/or adaptive reuse of buildings that meet or exceed the thresholds established in Section 10-9-5.4, Site Plan, or Section 10-9-5.7, Master Development Plan. Where impractical, these provisions may be subject to waiver requests at the sole discretion of the Director.

General Standards.

1.
All areas of the site not covered by buildings, structures, parking areas, service areas, walks, bikeways, plazas, and other impervious-surfaced functional areas shall be landscaped using naturalized, low-maintenance landscaping practices and techniques.
2.
Where a side setback occurs, it shall be landscaped as a buffer to the adjoining property as required in Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards, a continuation of landscaping between properties, usable open space for residents or employees within the property, or a landscaped passageway from the property to the street.
3.
Evergreen and shade trees shall be a minimum of 10 feet from any public right-of-way line.

Open Space on Public or Private Property.

1.
Generally. In order to ensure that a variety of functional, well-designed open spaces are distributed throughout a development, all non-residential and mixed-use projects and new residential developments shall have an open space component.
2.
Function. Open space shall be designed and furnished to provide a pedestrian amenity. Where practicable, open space shall be integrated into the on-site stormwater management system to maximize the usable portion of a property. Low impact development (LID) improvements shall be used to the maximum practicable extent, including, but not limited to, bioretention and infiltration basins, such as inverted vegetated islands within parking lots, rain gardens, reduced impervious areas, vegetated swales, rain barrels, and cisterns, and pervious pavements.
3.
Location. Open space shall be readily accessible to and visible from the street and connected to a public sidewalk.
1. a.
  A minimum of 25 percent of the perimeter of the open space shall abut a street.
2. b.
  The open space shall be no more than three feet above or below the adjacent sidewalk level and be designed in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) accessibility requirements.
4.
Configuration. The open space shall be compact, contiguous, and serve as a focal point of the development.
1. a.
  In order to avoid long and narrow spaces, the length of a park or plaza may not exceed three times its width, except where specifically used as a connection to additional recreational resources recognized by the city, such as parks or trails.
2. b.
  Buildings shall be oriented toward the open space.
3. c.
  The open space should be located to receive the maximum amount of year-round natural light.
5.
Availability. If open to the general public, the hours of availability to the public shall be at least 8:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. A plaque no more than four square feet in area may be displayed stating the hours for public use.
6.
Categories and Maintenance. Open space includes the following categories:
1. a.
  Public Open Space. Public open spaces include those that are established in Table 10-2-4.1.1, Public Open Space Standards. Public open space shall be privately-owned and maintained but shall be open to the general public.
2. b.
  Private Open Space. Private open spaces are permitted only in conjunction with residential building types, or the residential element of Mixed-Use or Live-Work building types, and include privately-owned and maintained outdoor areas located on the ground or, only when recommended by the Commission and accepted by the Council, on a terrace, deck, porch, or roof that are for an outdoor gathering, recreation, or landscaping. Private open space shall be privately owned and maintained and may be open to the general public, but at minimum, shall be accessible to the residents, employees, and/or visitors to the residential building or development.
7.
Open Space Percentage. All applicable development shall provide the open space / public amenity percentage required for a given building type in Section 10-2-3.2, DT Standards of Design.
8.
Exclusions. The following areas shall not be counted as open space:
1. a.
  Private yards, individual lots, or easements less than the minimum size required by this Code;
2. b.
  Driveways, parking areas, and required landscape islands;
3. c.
  Stormwater management areas other than those designed for active use of the public and improved with amenities;
4. d.
  Land covered by structures not designated for active or passive recreational uses; and
5. e.
  Designated outdoor storage areas, as permitted.
9.
Central Open Space. A maximum of 75 percent of the required open space may be consolidated into a centralized public open space in a development. The central open space shall be accessible by pedestrians, bicycles, and vehicles. Sidewalks with a minimum width of six feet shall be provided parallel to but separated by a landscaped tree lawn adjacent to all roadways and shall be a minimum of six feet wide.
10.
Open Space Categories. Permitted residential public open spaces include any open space in Table 10-2-4.1.1, Public Open Space Standards. Permitted private open space includes such amenities as forecourts, courtyards, or other amenities acceptable to the Director or their designee.
11.
Tree Canopy Credit. Trees in permitted open space types count toward the tree canopy coverage requirements of this Section.
12.
Fee In-Lieu of Open Space Development. The Council may, when the best interest of the city would be served, require the maximum amount of open space feasible on the site shall be developed and improved to city standards, with an equal and proportionate amount of that land deemed infeasible contributed as a payment of money in lieu of development and improvement. The fair market value shall be determined by the Council, following their review of a current appraisal submitted to the city at the developer's expense. The appraisal shall be made by appraisers who are approved members of the Society of Real Estate Appraisers (SREA) or equivalent real estate appraisal societies. Provided that the developer shall be required to pay the applicable cash in lieu of land as provided below, rather than dedicate any area of land which is deemed impractical for public open space purposes by the Council. Where the Council determines that a payment of money in lieu of open space development shall be made, the following provisions shall apply:
1. a.
  Amount Required. Any payment of money shall be in an amount established by ordinance of the Council.
2. b.
  Time of Payment. Any payment of money required shall be paid as a condition of approval of any Final Plat or replat or prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy.
3. c.
  Park Development Fund. All cash payments shall be deposited in a separate park development fund. The city shall account for all such payments with reference to each development for which the payment is made.
4. d.
  Use of Funds. Any payments made to the park development fund shall be used solely for the acquisition, development, expansion, or upgrading of open space or public amenity located within the DMS, DTA, DMU, or DNR districts as identified on the official zoning map where the proposed development for which payment was made is located, or an area so located and in such proximity to the development so as to serve or benefit these districts as approved by the Council.
5. e.
  Right to Refund. If all or part of the payments made to the development of open space or amenity is not expended or not under contract to be expended for the purposes authorized within five years of the date that 95 percent of all certificates of occupancy have been issued for the completed development of the property for which the payments were made, the person or entity who made such payments shall be entitled to a refund on all unexpended funds if a written request for refund has been made within one year of entitlement. If no such timely request is made the right to a refund of the unexpended funds shall be considered waived.

Table 10-2-4.1.1 Public Open Space Standards
Type	Standard
Plaza	General Character Formal open space Defined seating areas Balance of hardscape and plantings Spatially defined by building entries Location and Size Minimum area: 900 square feet Maximum area: 1 acre Minimum width: 30 feet Minimum perimeter frontage on public right of way: 25 percent Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Pocket Park	General Character Formal open space Spatially defined by buildings or streets Open shelters, paths, lawns, and trees Walkways and plantings at all edges Abundant seating opportunities Location and Size Minimum area: 2,500 square feet Maximum area: 10,000 square feet Minimum width: 60 feet Minimum pervious cover: 60 percent May function as a vegetated gathering area Permitted districts: DNR, DTA, DMU
Common Green	General Character Small urban open space responding to specific user groups and space available Range of character can be for intense use or aesthetic enjoyment Low maintenance is essential Location and Size Minimum area: 5,000 square feet Maximum area: 2 acres Minimum pervious cover: 75%; remainder shall consist of amenities, crushed stone, or pavers Within a ¼ mile of residences Permitted districts: All
Paseo	General Character Linear shaded public open space Allow for social and commercial activity to spill into the public realm Consist of a hardscape pathway with pervious and/or impervious pavers and surfaces, and activated by building entries that face onto it Landscaped, and activated with seating areas, patios, sidewalks, fountains, and similar amenities Location and Size Minimum width: 16 feet Maximum width: 30 feet Minimum pedestrian passage width: 8 feet Minimum pervious cover: 50 percent Located to provide inter-block connections from one street to another Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Rooftop Garden	General Character Vegetated space on top of a flat or gently-sloped roof Space is usable by the general public, residents, employees, or customers Location and Size Roof load: A registered professional engineer shall certify that the roof can support any proposed new loads and whether any additional steps are required to keep new roof components in place when subjected to a wind speed of more than 90 mph. Roof edge protection: To avoid loose material from falling, a perimeter opaque barrier shall be established on the perimeter of the garden with a minimum height of 42 inches. Permitted building types: All building types that allow flat roofs and those with gently sloped roofs. Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Parklet	General Character Permanent or temporary sidewalk extension that provides seating, plantings, and other amenities. Typically installed in parallel, on-street parking spaces Extend out from the sidewalk at the level of the sidewalk to the width of the parking space(s) Location and Size Minimum area: 180 square feet Maximum area: 360 square feet Minimum planted area: 25 percent Encroachment: Temporary or permanent right-of-way permit required Protection: A perimeter barrier shall be established with a minimum height of 36 inches and a maximum height of 42 inches. Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU

Table 10-2-4.1.1 Public Open Space Standards
Type	Standard
Plaza	General Character Formal open space Defined seating areas Balance of hardscape and plantings Spatially defined by building entries Location and Size Minimum area: 900 square feet Maximum area: 1 acre Minimum width: 30 feet Minimum perimeter frontage on public right of way: 25 percent Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Pocket Park	General Character Formal open space Spatially defined by buildings or streets Open shelters, paths, lawns, and trees Walkways and plantings at all edges Abundant seating opportunities Location and Size Minimum area: 2,500 square feet Maximum area: 10,000 square feet Minimum width: 60 feet Minimum pervious cover: 60 percent May function as a vegetated gathering area Permitted districts: DNR, DTA, DMU
Common Green	General Character Small urban open space responding to specific user groups and space available Range of character can be for intense use or aesthetic enjoyment Low maintenance is essential Location and Size Minimum area: 5,000 square feet Maximum area: 2 acres Minimum pervious cover: 75%; remainder shall consist of amenities, crushed stone, or pavers Within a ¼ mile of residences Permitted districts: All
Paseo	General Character Linear shaded public open space Allow for social and commercial activity to spill into the public realm Consist of a hardscape pathway with pervious and/or impervious pavers and surfaces, and activated by building entries that face onto it Landscaped, and activated with seating areas, patios, sidewalks, fountains, and similar amenities Location and Size Minimum width: 16 feet Maximum width: 30 feet Minimum pedestrian passage width: 8 feet Minimum pervious cover: 50 percent Located to provide inter-block connections from one street to another Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Rooftop Garden	General Character Vegetated space on top of a flat or gently-sloped roof Space is usable by the general public, residents, employees, or customers Location and Size Roof load: A registered professional engineer shall certify that the roof can support any proposed new loads and whether any additional steps are required to keep new roof components in place when subjected to a wind speed of more than 90 mph. Roof edge protection: To avoid loose material from falling, a perimeter opaque barrier shall be established on the perimeter of the garden with a minimum height of 42 inches. Permitted building types: All building types that allow flat roofs and those with gently sloped roofs. Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Parklet	General Character Permanent or temporary sidewalk extension that provides seating, plantings, and other amenities. Typically installed in parallel, on-street parking spaces Extend out from the sidewalk at the level of the sidewalk to the width of the parking space(s) Location and Size Minimum area: 180 square feet Maximum area: 360 square feet Minimum planted area: 25 percent Encroachment: Temporary or permanent right-of-way permit required Protection: A perimeter barrier shall be established with a minimum height of 36 inches and a maximum height of 42 inches. Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU

Table 10-2-4.1.1 Public Open Space Standards
Type	Standard
Plaza	General Character Formal open space Defined seating areas Balance of hardscape and plantings Spatially defined by building entries Location and Size Minimum area: 900 square feet Maximum area: 1 acre Minimum width: 30 feet Minimum perimeter frontage on public right of way: 25 percent Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Pocket Park	General Character Formal open space Spatially defined by buildings or streets Open shelters, paths, lawns, and trees Walkways and plantings at all edges Abundant seating opportunities Location and Size Minimum area: 2,500 square feet Maximum area: 10,000 square feet Minimum width: 60 feet Minimum pervious cover: 60 percent May function as a vegetated gathering area Permitted districts: DNR, DTA, DMU
Common Green	General Character Small urban open space responding to specific user groups and space available Range of character can be for intense use or aesthetic enjoyment Low maintenance is essential Location and Size Minimum area: 5,000 square feet Maximum area: 2 acres Minimum pervious cover: 75%; remainder shall consist of amenities, crushed stone, or pavers Within a ¼ mile of residences Permitted districts: All
Paseo	General Character Linear shaded public open space Allow for social and commercial activity to spill into the public realm Consist of a hardscape pathway with pervious and/or impervious pavers and surfaces, and activated by building entries that face onto it Landscaped, and activated with seating areas, patios, sidewalks, fountains, and similar amenities Location and Size Minimum width: 16 feet Maximum width: 30 feet Minimum pedestrian passage width: 8 feet Minimum pervious cover: 50 percent Located to provide inter-block connections from one street to another Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Rooftop Garden	General Character Vegetated space on top of a flat or gently-sloped roof Space is usable by the general public, residents, employees, or customers Location and Size Roof load: A registered professional engineer shall certify that the roof can support any proposed new loads and whether any additional steps are required to keep new roof components in place when subjected to a wind speed of more than 90 mph. Roof edge protection: To avoid loose material from falling, a perimeter opaque barrier shall be established on the perimeter of the garden with a minimum height of 42 inches. Permitted building types: All building types that allow flat roofs and those with gently sloped roofs. Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Parklet	General Character Permanent or temporary sidewalk extension that provides seating, plantings, and other amenities. Typically installed in parallel, on-street parking spaces Extend out from the sidewalk at the level of the sidewalk to the width of the parking space(s) Location and Size Minimum area: 180 square feet Maximum area: 360 square feet Minimum planted area: 25 percent Encroachment: Temporary or permanent right-of-way permit required Protection: A perimeter barrier shall be established with a minimum height of 36 inches and a maximum height of 42 inches. Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU

Table 10-2-4.1.1 Public Open Space Standards
Type	Standard
Plaza	General Character Formal open space Defined seating areas Balance of hardscape and plantings Spatially defined by building entries Location and Size Minimum area: 900 square feet Maximum area: 1 acre Minimum width: 30 feet Minimum perimeter frontage on public right of way: 25 percent Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Pocket Park	General Character Formal open space Spatially defined by buildings or streets Open shelters, paths, lawns, and trees Walkways and plantings at all edges Abundant seating opportunities Location and Size Minimum area: 2,500 square feet Maximum area: 10,000 square feet Minimum width: 60 feet Minimum pervious cover: 60 percent May function as a vegetated gathering area Permitted districts: DNR, DTA, DMU
Common Green	General Character Small urban open space responding to specific user groups and space available Range of character can be for intense use or aesthetic enjoyment Low maintenance is essential Location and Size Minimum area: 5,000 square feet Maximum area: 2 acres Minimum pervious cover: 75%; remainder shall consist of amenities, crushed stone, or pavers Within a ¼ mile of residences Permitted districts: All
Paseo	General Character Linear shaded public open space Allow for social and commercial activity to spill into the public realm Consist of a hardscape pathway with pervious and/or impervious pavers and surfaces, and activated by building entries that face onto it Landscaped, and activated with seating areas, patios, sidewalks, fountains, and similar amenities Location and Size Minimum width: 16 feet Maximum width: 30 feet Minimum pedestrian passage width: 8 feet Minimum pervious cover: 50 percent Located to provide inter-block connections from one street to another Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Rooftop Garden	General Character Vegetated space on top of a flat or gently-sloped roof Space is usable by the general public, residents, employees, or customers Location and Size Roof load: A registered professional engineer shall certify that the roof can support any proposed new loads and whether any additional steps are required to keep new roof components in place when subjected to a wind speed of more than 90 mph. Roof edge protection: To avoid loose material from falling, a perimeter opaque barrier shall be established on the perimeter of the garden with a minimum height of 42 inches. Permitted building types: All building types that allow flat roofs and those with gently sloped roofs. Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Parklet	General Character Permanent or temporary sidewalk extension that provides seating, plantings, and other amenities. Typically installed in parallel, on-street parking spaces Extend out from the sidewalk at the level of the sidewalk to the width of the parking space(s) Location and Size Minimum area: 180 square feet Maximum area: 360 square feet Minimum planted area: 25 percent Encroachment: Temporary or permanent right-of-way permit required Protection: A perimeter barrier shall be established with a minimum height of 36 inches and a maximum height of 42 inches. Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU

F.
Tree Canopy Coverage.
1. 1.
  Generally. Tree canopy shall be preserved or enhanced according to these provisions. The required amount of tree canopy is based on the minimum percentage of public amenity / open space required for each district and building type established in Section 10-2-3.2, DT Standards of Design.
2. 2.
  Existing Trees. Existing trees that are healthy and sturdy count toward the required tree canopy established in each of the tables in Section 10-2-3.2, DT Standards of Design.
3. 3.
  Newly Planted Trees. On sites without the required percentage of tree canopy coverage, prior to a certificate of occupancy, the applicant or owner shall plant trees to achieve the required tree canopy.
4. 4.
  Tree Canopy Plan. The applicant shall provide a tree canopy plan together with the Site Plan or Master Development Plan locating existing and proposed tree canopy and showing calculations of a 20-year mature tree canopy, by species, based on The Arbor Day Foundation’s Tree Database (https://www.arborday.org/trees/treeguide/browseTrees.cfm) or another source acceptable to the Director.
G.
Street Trees.
1. 1.
  Generally. Street trees shall be planted according to these standards and in the following circumstances:
  1. a.
    Along both sides of all new street rights-of-way (except alleys); or
  2. b.
    Along the adjacent street side of a development.
2. 2.
  Planting Area. Street trees shall be provided in street tree lawns in the DNR district or within a sidewalk cutout in the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts. Placement and design of sidewalk cutouts shall be in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
3. 3.
  Spacing. Street trees shall be spaced at least 25 feet, but not more than 50 feet, on center in street tree lawns and shall not interfere with existing or proposed light poles or the sight triangle.
4. 4.
  Tree Variety. All street trees shall be shade trees with single-stemmed trunks, branched no lower than six feet above the ground, except that ornamental trees may be used if large trees would conflict with existing overhead power lines. Ornamental trees shall not produce undue amounts of tree litter on the sidewalk and street. Biodiversity must be employed in the planting of street trees.
5. 5.
  Tree Canopy Credit. Street trees count toward the tree canopy coverage requirements set out in the tables in Section 10-2-3.2, DT Standards of Designs.
H.
Tree and Landscape Planting Standards.
1. 1.
  Size. Tree and landscape planting shall be installed in the sizes indicated in Table 10-2-4.1.2, Minimum Size of Trees or Shrubs at Installation.

Table 10-2-4.1.2 Minimum Size of Trees or Shrubs at Installation
Type of Plant	Distance from Public Right-of-Way
Type of Plant	10 feet or less, or in tree lawns or medians	More than 10 feet
Shade Tree (>30’ in mature height)	2-inch caliper	2-inch caliper
Ornamental Tree (<25’ in mature height)	1.5-inch caliper	1.5-inch caliper
Evergreen Tree	8-feet in height	6-feet in height
Shrub	5-gallon container	5-gallon container

Table 10-2-4.1.2 Minimum Size of Trees or Shrubs at Installation
Type of Plant	Distance from Public Right-of-Way
Type of Plant	10 feet or less, or in tree lawns or medians	More than 10 feet
Shade Tree (>30’ in mature height)	2-inch caliper	2-inch caliper
Ornamental Tree (<25’ in mature height)	1.5-inch caliper	1.5-inch caliper
Evergreen Tree	8-feet in height	6-feet in height
Shrub	5-gallon container	5-gallon container

Table 10-2-4.1.2 Minimum Size of Trees or Shrubs at Installation
Type of Plant	Distance from Public Right-of-Way
Type of Plant	10 feet or less, or in tree lawns or medians	More than 10 feet
Shade Tree (>30’ in mature height)	2-inch caliper	2-inch caliper
Ornamental Tree (<25’ in mature height)	1.5-inch caliper	1.5-inch caliper
Evergreen Tree	8-feet in height	6-feet in height
Shrub	5-gallon container	5-gallon container

Table 10-2-4.1.2 Minimum Size of Trees or Shrubs at Installation
Type of Plant	Distance from Public Right-of-Way
Type of Plant	10 feet or less, or in tree lawns or medians	More than 10 feet
Shade Tree (>30’ in mature height)	2-inch caliper	2-inch caliper
Ornamental Tree (<25’ in mature height)	1.5-inch caliper	1.5-inch caliper
Evergreen Tree	8-feet in height	6-feet in height
Shrub	5-gallon container	5-gallon container

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Section 10-2-4.2 DT Bufferyards

Generally. Bufferyards apply depending on the types and intensities of adjoining character areas or building types.

Purpose. The purpose of a bufferyard is to:

1.
Screen development from adjacent properties;
2.
Enhance the streetscape by softening the edge between parking and the adjacent street;
3.
Improve compatibility of adjacent character areas and building types; and
4.
Contribute to the tree canopy of the DT district.

Bufferyard Specifications. A bufferyard and its required plantings are illustrated in Figure 10-2-4.2.1, Bufferyard Illustration. Bufferyards shall be a minimum of 10 feet in width (A in the illustration). Bufferyards shall consist of four evergreen or non-deciduous ornamental trees per 100 linear feet (B in the illustration). A bufferyard may contain a fence or masonry wall that is six feet in height (C in the illustration).

Figure 10-2-4.2.1 Bufferyard Illustration

D.
Bufferyard Locations.
1. 1.
  Generally.
  1. a.
    A bufferyard shall be located along the rear or side lot line of a parcel, parallel to the lot line.
  2. b.
    Properties separated by a public right-of-way, excluding alleys, are not considered adjoining for the purposes of this Section.
  3. c.
    A required bufferyard shall not be located on any portion of an existing, dedicated, or reserved public right-of-way.
  4. d.
    Openings of the minimum necessary width for pedestrian, bicycle, and vehicle access are allowed. Driveways or walkways shall cross a bufferyard at as near a perpendicular angle as practicable.
  5. e.
    A continuous fence is not required along the rear lot line of buildings using alleys as the primary or secondary pedestrian, bicycle, and vehicular access.
  6. f.
    The width of a required bufferyard is calculated on the average width per 100 feet, or portion, of the bufferyard, as depicted in Figure 10-2-4.2.2, Average Bufferyard Width. The minimum width of the bufferyard at any one point shall not be less than one-half the required width of the bufferyard.

Figure 10-2-4.2.2

Average Bufferyard Width

Average Bufferyard Measurements With Vegetation

1. 2.
  Between Building Types. Bufferyards may be required between differing building types in accordance with Table 10-2-4.2.1, Building Type Bufferyard Requirements.

Table 10-2-4.2.1 Building Type Bufferyard Requirements
District	SFD, SFA	MP, TH	LW, MU, APT	COM, OFF, INS, PS
SFD, SFA	--	--	R	R
MP, TH,	--	--	--	R
LW, MU, APT	R	--	--	--
COM, OFF, INS, PS	R	R	--	--
Table Notes: SFD = Single-family detached; SFA = Single-family attached/Duplex; MP = Multiplex; TH = Townhouse; APT = Apartment; LW = Live-Work; MU = Mixed-Use; COM = Commercial; OFF = Office; INS = Institutional; PS = Parking Structure R = Bufferyard required

Table 10-2-4.2.1 Building Type Bufferyard Requirements
District	SFD, SFA	MP, TH	LW, MU, APT	COM, OFF, INS, PS
SFD, SFA	--	--	R	R
MP, TH,	--	--	--	R
LW, MU, APT	R	--	--	--
COM, OFF, INS, PS	R	R	--	--
Table Notes: SFD = Single-family detached; SFA = Single-family attached/Duplex; MP = Multiplex; TH = Townhouse; APT = Apartment; LW = Live-Work; MU = Mixed-Use; COM = Commercial; OFF = Office; INS = Institutional; PS = Parking Structure R = Bufferyard required

Table 10-2-4.2.1 Building Type Bufferyard Requirements
District	SFD, SFA	MP, TH	LW, MU, APT	COM, OFF, INS, PS
SFD, SFA	--	--	R	R
MP, TH,	--	--	--	R
LW, MU, APT	R	--	--	--
COM, OFF, INS, PS	R	R	--	--
Table Notes: SFD = Single-family detached; SFA = Single-family attached/Duplex; MP = Multiplex; TH = Townhouse; APT = Apartment; LW = Live-Work; MU = Mixed-Use; COM = Commercial; OFF = Office; INS = Institutional; PS = Parking Structure R = Bufferyard required

Table 10-2-4.2.1 Building Type Bufferyard Requirements
District	SFD, SFA	MP, TH	LW, MU, APT	COM, OFF, INS, PS
SFD, SFA	--	--	R	R
MP, TH,	--	--	--	R
LW, MU, APT	R	--	--	--
COM, OFF, INS, PS	R	R	--	--
Table Notes: SFD = Single-family detached; SFA = Single-family attached/Duplex; MP = Multiplex; TH = Townhouse; APT = Apartment; LW = Live-Work; MU = Mixed-Use; COM = Commercial; OFF = Office; INS = Institutional; PS = Parking Structure R = Bufferyard required

E.
Tree Canopy Credit. Required trees in bufferyards count toward the tree canopy coverage requirements in Section 10-2-4.1, DT Landscaping.
F.
Fence and Wall Materials. Fences and walls that are required in a bufferyard shall:
1. 1.
  Composition. Be composed of treated wood, composite material, wrought iron or natural stone, brick, or other similar quality material approved by Director; and
2. 2.
  Maintenance. Be maintained by the business or homeowner or homeowners' or property owners' association, as applicable.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Section 10-2-5.1 DT Sign Types and Standards

Applicability. The sign requirements in this Section apply to the DMS, DTA, DMU, and DNR districts.

Sign Types.

1.
Table Symbols. The symbols displayed in Table 10-2-5.1.1, Sign Types by District, include:
1. a.
  "P" means the sign type is permitted.
2. b.
  "--" means the sign type is prohibited.
2.
Cross References. The “Standards Reference” column provides a cross-reference to standards for specific sign types that do not fit within the table.
3.
Unlisted Sign Types. Sign types that are not listed in the following tables are prohibited in these districts.

Table 10-2-5.1.1 Sign Types by District
	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU	Standards Reference
Attached Signs
Arcade	P	P	P	P	--
Awning	--	P	P	P	C.7
Marquee	--	--	P¹	P¹	--
Mural	--	--	P	P	C.8
Projecting	--	P	P	P	C.9
Wall	P	P	P	P	C.10
Window	P	P	P	P	C.11
Detached Signs
Monument	P	P	--	P	--
Pole	--	P	--	P	C.12
Table Notes: 1. If a marquee sign is proposed to attach to a designated structure, then a Certificate of Appropriateness must first be obtained from the Director. Marquee signs shall be located only above the primary entry of the building.

Table 10-2-5.1.1 Sign Types by District
	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU	Standards Reference
Attached Signs
Arcade	P	P	P	P	--
Awning	--	P	P	P	C.7
Marquee	--	--	P¹	P¹	--
Mural	--	--	P	P	C.8
Projecting	--	P	P	P	C.9
Wall	P	P	P	P	C.10
Window	P	P	P	P	C.11
Detached Signs
Monument	P	P	--	P	--
Pole	--	P	--	P	C.12
Table Notes: 1. If a marquee sign is proposed to attach to a designated structure, then a Certificate of Appropriateness must first be obtained from the Director. Marquee signs shall be located only above the primary entry of the building.

Table 10-2-5.1.1 Sign Types by District
	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU	Standards Reference
Attached Signs
Arcade	P	P	P	P	--
Awning	--	P	P	P	C.7
Marquee	--	--	P¹	P¹	--
Mural	--	--	P	P	C.8
Projecting	--	P	P	P	C.9
Wall	P	P	P	P	C.10
Window	P	P	P	P	C.11
Detached Signs
Monument	P	P	--	P	--
Pole	--	P	--	P	C.12
Table Notes: 1. If a marquee sign is proposed to attach to a designated structure, then a Certificate of Appropriateness must first be obtained from the Director. Marquee signs shall be located only above the primary entry of the building.

Table 10-2-5.1.1 Sign Types by District
	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU	Standards Reference
Attached Signs
Arcade	P	P	P	P	--
Awning	--	P	P	P	C.7
Marquee	--	--	P¹	P¹	--
Mural	--	--	P	P	C.8
Projecting	--	P	P	P	C.9
Wall	P	P	P	P	C.10
Window	P	P	P	P	C.11
Detached Signs
Monument	P	P	--	P	--
Pole	--	P	--	P	C.12
Table Notes: 1. If a marquee sign is proposed to attach to a designated structure, then a Certificate of Appropriateness must first be obtained from the Director. Marquee signs shall be located only above the primary entry of the building.

1. 4.
  Attached Permanent Signs. Table 10-2-5.1.2, Attached Permanent Sign Standards, sets out which forms, sizes, and other standards of attached permanent signs are allowed by district.

Table 10-2-5.1.2 Attached Permanent Sign Standards
		DNR	DTA		DMS	DMU
Arcade Sign
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per public entrance under arcade
Maximum Area		--	--		6 sq. ft.
Minimum Clearance above Sidewalk		--	--		8 ft.
Illumination		--	--		External downlighting or halo
Changeable Copy		--	--		Not permitted
Awning Sign
Number Allowed		--	One per building façade or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building
Maximum Area		--	32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of façade width, whichever is greatest¹
Minimum Vertical Clearance/ Maximum Height Above Grade		--	8 ft./ No higher than top of ground floor
Illumination		--	External downlighting
Changeable Copy		--	Not permitted
Marquee Signs
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per building front façade
Maximum Area		--	--		32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of building front width, whichever is greatest¹
Min./ Max. Clearance Above Grade		--	--		12 ft./25 ft.
Maximum Distance from Building Façade		--	--		48 inches⁵
Illumination		--	--		Internal or halo
Changeable Copy		--	--		Permitted
Mural Sign
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per building façade
Maximum Area		--	--		32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of building front width, whichever is greatest¹
Maximum Height		--	--		Above ground floor but no higher than the roofline
Illumination		--	--		External downlighting
Changeable Copy		--	--		Not permitted
Projecting Signs
Number Allowed		--	1 per tenant per building frontage and 1 per tenant in the alley of the building, if applicable
Maximum Area		--	12 sq. ft. per face or 24 sq. ft. per sign
Min./Max. Clearance Above Grade		--	8 ft./No higher than the ground floor
Illumination		--	Internal, halo, or downlight
Changeable Copy		--	Not Permitted
Wall Signs⁴
Number Allowed	1 per tenant per building frontage
Maximum Area/Sign	32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of façade width occupied by an individual business, whichever is greatest¹
Max. Clearance Above Grade	No higher than roof or parapet line²
Maximum Projection from Wall	12 inches
Illumination	External downlighting, internal, or halo
Changeable Copy	Not Permitted
Other Standards	Wall signs professionally painted directly onto a wall are deemed mural signs
Window Signs
Number Allowed	1 per tenant per building frontage
Maximum Area	10% of combined area of all windows
Max. Clearance Above Grade	No higher than roof or parapet line
Illumination	Internal with nighttime NITs level not to exceed 500 nits
Changeable Copy	Not permitted			Permitted³
Table Notes: 1. The maximum total area per sign allowed is 100 square feet per display face, 200 square feet per sign, and 300 square feet per building frontage. 2. Buildings with flat roofs: Signs may not project above the parapet wall. Buildings with mansard roofs: Signs may not project above 50% of the height of the mansard. 3. Changeable copy shall not be by electronic means but may be manual. Refer to C.6, below. 4. See C.10, Wall Sign, within this Section for additional standards. 5. Awnings, canopies, marquees, and signs with less than 15 feet clearance above the sidewalk must meet building codes for maximum projection. "--" = Sign type is not permitted

Table 10-2-5.1.2 Attached Permanent Sign Standards
		DNR	DTA		DMS	DMU
Arcade Sign
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per public entrance under arcade
Maximum Area		--	--		6 sq. ft.
Minimum Clearance above Sidewalk		--	--		8 ft.
Illumination		--	--		External downlighting or halo
Changeable Copy		--	--		Not permitted
Awning Sign
Number Allowed		--	One per building façade or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building
Maximum Area		--	32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of façade width, whichever is greatest¹
Minimum Vertical Clearance/ Maximum Height Above Grade		--	8 ft./ No higher than top of ground floor
Illumination		--	External downlighting
Changeable Copy		--	Not permitted
Marquee Signs
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per building front façade
Maximum Area		--	--		32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of building front width, whichever is greatest¹
Min./ Max. Clearance Above Grade		--	--		12 ft./25 ft.
Maximum Distance from Building Façade		--	--		48 inches⁵
Illumination		--	--		Internal or halo
Changeable Copy		--	--		Permitted
Mural Sign
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per building façade
Maximum Area		--	--		32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of building front width, whichever is greatest¹
Maximum Height		--	--		Above ground floor but no higher than the roofline
Illumination		--	--		External downlighting
Changeable Copy		--	--		Not permitted
Projecting Signs
Number Allowed		--	1 per tenant per building frontage and 1 per tenant in the alley of the building, if applicable
Maximum Area		--	12 sq. ft. per face or 24 sq. ft. per sign
Min./Max. Clearance Above Grade		--	8 ft./No higher than the ground floor
Illumination		--	Internal, halo, or downlight
Changeable Copy		--	Not Permitted
Wall Signs⁴
Number Allowed	1 per tenant per building frontage
Maximum Area/Sign	32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of façade width occupied by an individual business, whichever is greatest¹
Max. Clearance Above Grade	No higher than roof or parapet line²
Maximum Projection from Wall	12 inches
Illumination	External downlighting, internal, or halo
Changeable Copy	Not Permitted
Other Standards	Wall signs professionally painted directly onto a wall are deemed mural signs
Window Signs
Number Allowed	1 per tenant per building frontage
Maximum Area	10% of combined area of all windows
Max. Clearance Above Grade	No higher than roof or parapet line
Illumination	Internal with nighttime NITs level not to exceed 500 nits
Changeable Copy	Not permitted			Permitted³
Table Notes: 1. The maximum total area per sign allowed is 100 square feet per display face, 200 square feet per sign, and 300 square feet per building frontage. 2. Buildings with flat roofs: Signs may not project above the parapet wall. Buildings with mansard roofs: Signs may not project above 50% of the height of the mansard. 3. Changeable copy shall not be by electronic means but may be manual. Refer to C.6, below. 4. See C.10, Wall Sign, within this Section for additional standards. 5. Awnings, canopies, marquees, and signs with less than 15 feet clearance above the sidewalk must meet building codes for maximum projection. "--" = Sign type is not permitted

Table 10-2-5.1.2 Attached Permanent Sign Standards
		DNR	DTA		DMS	DMU
Arcade Sign
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per public entrance under arcade
Maximum Area		--	--		6 sq. ft.
Minimum Clearance above Sidewalk		--	--		8 ft.
Illumination		--	--		External downlighting or halo
Changeable Copy		--	--		Not permitted
Awning Sign
Number Allowed		--	One per building façade or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building
Maximum Area		--	32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of façade width, whichever is greatest¹
Minimum Vertical Clearance/ Maximum Height Above Grade		--	8 ft./ No higher than top of ground floor
Illumination		--	External downlighting
Changeable Copy		--	Not permitted
Marquee Signs
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per building front façade
Maximum Area		--	--		32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of building front width, whichever is greatest¹
Min./ Max. Clearance Above Grade		--	--		12 ft./25 ft.
Maximum Distance from Building Façade		--	--		48 inches⁵
Illumination		--	--		Internal or halo
Changeable Copy		--	--		Permitted
Mural Sign
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per building façade
Maximum Area		--	--		32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of building front width, whichever is greatest¹
Maximum Height		--	--		Above ground floor but no higher than the roofline
Illumination		--	--		External downlighting
Changeable Copy		--	--		Not permitted
Projecting Signs
Number Allowed		--	1 per tenant per building frontage and 1 per tenant in the alley of the building, if applicable
Maximum Area		--	12 sq. ft. per face or 24 sq. ft. per sign
Min./Max. Clearance Above Grade		--	8 ft./No higher than the ground floor
Illumination		--	Internal, halo, or downlight
Changeable Copy		--	Not Permitted
Wall Signs⁴
Number Allowed	1 per tenant per building frontage
Maximum Area/Sign	32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of façade width occupied by an individual business, whichever is greatest¹
Max. Clearance Above Grade	No higher than roof or parapet line²
Maximum Projection from Wall	12 inches
Illumination	External downlighting, internal, or halo
Changeable Copy	Not Permitted
Other Standards	Wall signs professionally painted directly onto a wall are deemed mural signs
Window Signs
Number Allowed	1 per tenant per building frontage
Maximum Area	10% of combined area of all windows
Max. Clearance Above Grade	No higher than roof or parapet line
Illumination	Internal with nighttime NITs level not to exceed 500 nits
Changeable Copy	Not permitted			Permitted³
Table Notes: 1. The maximum total area per sign allowed is 100 square feet per display face, 200 square feet per sign, and 300 square feet per building frontage. 2. Buildings with flat roofs: Signs may not project above the parapet wall. Buildings with mansard roofs: Signs may not project above 50% of the height of the mansard. 3. Changeable copy shall not be by electronic means but may be manual. Refer to C.6, below. 4. See C.10, Wall Sign, within this Section for additional standards. 5. Awnings, canopies, marquees, and signs with less than 15 feet clearance above the sidewalk must meet building codes for maximum projection. "--" = Sign type is not permitted

Table 10-2-5.1.2 Attached Permanent Sign Standards
		DNR	DTA		DMS	DMU
Arcade Sign
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per public entrance under arcade
Maximum Area		--	--		6 sq. ft.
Minimum Clearance above Sidewalk		--	--		8 ft.
Illumination		--	--		External downlighting or halo
Changeable Copy		--	--		Not permitted
Awning Sign
Number Allowed		--	One per building façade or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building
Maximum Area		--	32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of façade width, whichever is greatest¹
Minimum Vertical Clearance/ Maximum Height Above Grade		--	8 ft./ No higher than top of ground floor
Illumination		--	External downlighting
Changeable Copy		--	Not permitted
Marquee Signs
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per building front façade
Maximum Area		--	--		32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of building front width, whichever is greatest¹
Min./ Max. Clearance Above Grade		--	--		12 ft./25 ft.
Maximum Distance from Building Façade		--	--		48 inches⁵
Illumination		--	--		Internal or halo
Changeable Copy		--	--		Permitted
Mural Sign
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per building façade
Maximum Area		--	--		32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of building front width, whichever is greatest¹
Maximum Height		--	--		Above ground floor but no higher than the roofline
Illumination		--	--		External downlighting
Changeable Copy		--	--		Not permitted
Projecting Signs
Number Allowed		--	1 per tenant per building frontage and 1 per tenant in the alley of the building, if applicable
Maximum Area		--	12 sq. ft. per face or 24 sq. ft. per sign
Min./Max. Clearance Above Grade		--	8 ft./No higher than the ground floor
Illumination		--	Internal, halo, or downlight
Changeable Copy		--	Not Permitted
Wall Signs⁴
Number Allowed	1 per tenant per building frontage
Maximum Area/Sign	32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of façade width occupied by an individual business, whichever is greatest¹
Max. Clearance Above Grade	No higher than roof or parapet line²
Maximum Projection from Wall	12 inches
Illumination	External downlighting, internal, or halo
Changeable Copy	Not Permitted
Other Standards	Wall signs professionally painted directly onto a wall are deemed mural signs
Window Signs
Number Allowed	1 per tenant per building frontage
Maximum Area	10% of combined area of all windows
Max. Clearance Above Grade	No higher than roof or parapet line
Illumination	Internal with nighttime NITs level not to exceed 500 nits
Changeable Copy	Not permitted			Permitted³
Table Notes: 1. The maximum total area per sign allowed is 100 square feet per display face, 200 square feet per sign, and 300 square feet per building frontage. 2. Buildings with flat roofs: Signs may not project above the parapet wall. Buildings with mansard roofs: Signs may not project above 50% of the height of the mansard. 3. Changeable copy shall not be by electronic means but may be manual. Refer to C.6, below. 4. See C.10, Wall Sign, within this Section for additional standards. 5. Awnings, canopies, marquees, and signs with less than 15 feet clearance above the sidewalk must meet building codes for maximum projection. "--" = Sign type is not permitted

1. 5.
  Detached Permanent Signs. Table 10-2-5.1.3, Detached Permanent Sign Standards, sets out which types, sizes, and other characteristics of detached permanent signs are allowed per use and by district and subject to the following standards:
  1. a.
    Detached signs shall comply with sight triangles as established in Section 10-1-2.4, Measurements and Allowances.
  2. b.
    Detached signs shall have no more than one, two-sided sign face or backing panel, except in the Downtown Neighborhood Residential (DNR) district, where they shall have no more than one single-sided face or panel.

Table 10-2-5.1.3 Detached Permanent Sign Standards
	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Monument Sign
Number Allowed	1 per street frontage		1 per street frontage if 151 or less linear feet of street frontage; 2 per street frontage if greater than 151 linear feet of street frontage
Maximum Area	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹
Maximum Height Above Grade	5 ft.		8 ft.
Illumination	Internally lit, Halo lit, or Externally downlit
Changeable Copy	Not permitted	Permitted²
Pole Sign
Number Allowed	--	1 per street frontage	--	1 per street frontage
Maximum Area	--	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹	--	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹
Maximum Height Above Grade	--	15 ft.	--	15 ft.
Illumination	--	Halo	--	Halo
Changeable Copy	--	Not permitted	--	Not permitted
Table Notes: 1. The maximum total area per sign allowed is 80 square feet per display face and 160 square feet per sign. 2. Changeable copy shall not be by electronic means but may be manual. Refer to C.6. below. "--" = The sign type is not permitted.

Table 10-2-5.1.3 Detached Permanent Sign Standards
	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Monument Sign
Number Allowed	1 per street frontage		1 per street frontage if 151 or less linear feet of street frontage; 2 per street frontage if greater than 151 linear feet of street frontage
Maximum Area	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹
Maximum Height Above Grade	5 ft.		8 ft.
Illumination	Internally lit, Halo lit, or Externally downlit
Changeable Copy	Not permitted	Permitted²
Pole Sign
Number Allowed	--	1 per street frontage	--	1 per street frontage
Maximum Area	--	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹	--	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹
Maximum Height Above Grade	--	15 ft.	--	15 ft.
Illumination	--	Halo	--	Halo
Changeable Copy	--	Not permitted	--	Not permitted
Table Notes: 1. The maximum total area per sign allowed is 80 square feet per display face and 160 square feet per sign. 2. Changeable copy shall not be by electronic means but may be manual. Refer to C.6. below. "--" = The sign type is not permitted.

Table 10-2-5.1.3 Detached Permanent Sign Standards
	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Monument Sign
Number Allowed	1 per street frontage		1 per street frontage if 151 or less linear feet of street frontage; 2 per street frontage if greater than 151 linear feet of street frontage
Maximum Area	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹
Maximum Height Above Grade	5 ft.		8 ft.
Illumination	Internally lit, Halo lit, or Externally downlit
Changeable Copy	Not permitted	Permitted²
Pole Sign
Number Allowed	--	1 per street frontage	--	1 per street frontage
Maximum Area	--	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹	--	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹
Maximum Height Above Grade	--	15 ft.	--	15 ft.
Illumination	--	Halo	--	Halo
Changeable Copy	--	Not permitted	--	Not permitted
Table Notes: 1. The maximum total area per sign allowed is 80 square feet per display face and 160 square feet per sign. 2. Changeable copy shall not be by electronic means but may be manual. Refer to C.6. below. "--" = The sign type is not permitted.

Table 10-2-5.1.3 Detached Permanent Sign Standards
	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Monument Sign
Number Allowed	1 per street frontage		1 per street frontage if 151 or less linear feet of street frontage; 2 per street frontage if greater than 151 linear feet of street frontage
Maximum Area	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹
Maximum Height Above Grade	5 ft.		8 ft.
Illumination	Internally lit, Halo lit, or Externally downlit
Changeable Copy	Not permitted	Permitted²
Pole Sign
Number Allowed	--	1 per street frontage	--	1 per street frontage
Maximum Area	--	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹	--	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹
Maximum Height Above Grade	--	15 ft.	--	15 ft.
Illumination	--	Halo	--	Halo
Changeable Copy	--	Not permitted	--	Not permitted
Table Notes: 1. The maximum total area per sign allowed is 80 square feet per display face and 160 square feet per sign. 2. Changeable copy shall not be by electronic means but may be manual. Refer to C.6. below. "--" = The sign type is not permitted.

C.
General Requirements.
1. 1.
  All Signs. All signs in the DMS, DTA, DMU, and DNR districts shall be subject to the following standards:
  1. a.
    Materials for signs shall complement the color, material, and overall character of the architecture;
  2. b.
    Signs shall be constructed of high-quality durable materials that are suitable for exterior use;
  3. c.
    All materials shall be finished to withstand corrosion;
  4. d.
    All conduits, transformers, and other equipment shall be concealed and shall have UL ratings;
  5. e.
    Hand-painted signs shall only be allowed if painted by a sign contractor;
  6. f.
    Cabinet signs are not permitted; and
  7. g.
    Internally illuminated signs shall be halo lit or composed of channel letters only.
2. 2.
  Above Ground-Floor Signs. Only the following sign types and characteristics are permitted above the ground floor of a building:
  1. a.
    Painted, externally down-lit, or internally lit wall signs;
  2. b.
    Mural signs;
  3. c.
    One unlit window sign per business; and
  4. d.
    The extension of a ground-floor projecting sign.
3. 3.
  Sign Combination Options. In an effort to limit the variety of sign types used on a single building or site, the following sign combinations may be utilized, depending on the permitted sign types in a given district based on Table 10-2-5.1.1, Sign Types by District:
  1. a.
    Option 1. A maximum of one attached sign per tenant per building frontage with window signs limited to 10 percent of the combined area of all windows, and one monument sign per building frontage;
  2. b.
    Option 2. A maximum of one attached sign per tenant per building frontage with window signs limited to 10 percent of the combined area of all windows, one awning sign per building frontage, and one projecting sign per tenant per building frontage; or
  3. c.
    Option 3. A maximum of one attached sign per tenant per building frontage with window signs limited to 20 percent of the combined area of all windows, and one projecting sign per tenant per building frontage if located or designed so as not to visually conflict with the wall sign.
4. 4.
  Mixed-Use Buildings. Signs shall not be located within the residential portion of the façade of any mixed-use building.
5. 5.
  Sign Illumination Standards.
  1. a.
    Table 10-2-5.1.2, Attached Permanent Sign Standards, and Table 10-2-5.1.3, Detached Permanent Sign Standards, provide information as to the types of illumination permitted for each sign type and in each character area.
  2. b.
    Light sources that illuminate signs shall not cause glare that is hazardous or distracting to pedestrians, vehicle drivers, or adjacent properties.
  3. c.
    Signs with external downlighting shall have light sources concealed by opaque covers.
  4. d.
    Light sources for halo-lit signs shall be fully concealed from view.
  5. e.
    Light sources shall be steady, stationary, shielded, and directed solely at the sign.
  6. f.
    The light source shall be static in color. Animation or flashing lights are prohibited.
  7. g.
    Exposed neon shall not be used as a light source for signs in the DNR and DMU districts but can include items that resemble neon such as flexible LED tubing.
  8. h.
    Exposed neon may be used as a light source in the DMS and DTA districts provided it is confined to the lighting of channel signs and halo-lit signs.
  9. i.
    Illuminated signs within the DNR district shall shut off between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. The sign shall include an automatic shut-off mechanism to ensure that the signs are not illuminated during such time period.
6. 6.
  Manual Changeable Copy.
  1. a.
    Changeable copy shall not be by electronic means but may be manual.
  2. b.
    Changeable copy signs shall not be internally illuminated unless:
    1.
    They use opaque inserts with translucent letters, numbers, or symbols;
    2.
    Blank or dark opaque inserts that are the same color as the opaque portions of the letters, numbers, and symbols are used over all areas of the sign where copy is not present; and
    3.
    The opaque portion of the letters, numbers, and symbols is the same color.
  3. c.
    Lettering of changeable copy signs shall be of a single style and shall be of uniform color and size.
  4. d.
    The changeable copy area may comprise up to 50 percent of the sign area of a detached sign or up to 12 square feet of an awning sign. The remainder of the sign area shall use permanently affixed letters or symbols.
  5. e.
    The changeable copy area shall be an integral element of a detached sign with all sides finished with brick, stone, powder-coated (or comparably finished) metal, or the surface of the sign face.
  6. f.
    The enclosure shall extend at least three inches from the changeable copy area in all directions.
7. 7.
  Awning Signs.
  1. a.
    Backlit awnings with or without signs are prohibited. Shielded downlights within an awning that lights only the paving under the awning are permitted.
  2. b.
    Awning signs are prohibited above the ground floor.
  3. c.
    Awning signs shall be located on the awning valance that faces the street, not on a valance that is generally perpendicular to the street.
  4. d.
    If side panels are provided, such panels shall not carry signs greater in area than 20 percent of the area of the awning sign panel.
  5. e.
    Text on awning valances shall not be greater than 12 inches high.
8. 8.
  Mural Signs.
  1. a.
    Mural signs shall not be painted over architectural features such as windows, cornices, belt courses, or other details.
  2. b.
    Mural signs located on the side wall of a building that faces and is adjacent to a residential building shall not be lighted above the ground floor.
9. 9.
  Projecting Signs.
  1. a.
    Projecting signs shall be located above or below awnings, but not in line with awnings.
  2. b.
    Projecting signs may extend a maximum of five feet from the face of the building.
  3. c.
    Projecting signs may not extend into any portion of the street right-of-way without approval of encroachment into public right-of-way.
  4. d.
    Projecting signs shall be attached at right angles to the supporting structure in a manner consistent with the Building Code.
  5. e.
    Projecting signs shall be the only sign type permitted in conjunction with a paseo open space building type, as established in Table 10-2-4.1.1, Public Open Space Standards.
10. 10.
  Wall Signs.
  1. a.
    Wall and projecting signs may be used together with the wall sign generally higher than the projecting sign.
  2. b.
    Wall signs shall not overlap or conflict with architectural features such as windows, cornices, belt courses, or other details.
  3. c.
    Wall signs located on the side wall of a building that faces and is adjacent to a residential building shall not be lighted above the ground floor.
  4. d.
    Wall signs shall be composed of individually mounted letters or symbols that are a minimum of one inch thick or, for halo signs, are pinned off one inch from the wall or sign backing.
11. 11.
  Window Signs.
  1. a.
    Window signs shall be located in the lower or upper 25 percent of the window area.
  2. b.
    Window signs on glazing shall be either silk-screened, back-painted, metal-leafed, or sand-blasted onto the glass. Vinyl letters or other types of applications are prohibited.
12. 12.
  Pole Signs. Pole signs shall require pole covers. The pole cover shall be a minimum of 25 percent of the width of the sign. The combined width of pole covers for each leg of double pole signs shall be a minimum of 40 percent of the width of the sign.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

J

Dwelling, Single-Family Detached Building Type.

1.
Generally. This Subsection provides design standards for the Single-Family Detached Dwelling building type. The illustration of a Single-Family Detached Dwelling building type identifies common design features. Next is a description of the building type followed by tables providing the design standards.
2.
Description. This building type is a small-scale, freestanding form that is one to two and one half stories in height. The primary entrance is defined by a porch, stoop, or recessed entry. Most have a pitched roof unless the building is art-deco or contemporary in style. High quality, natural, and durable materials are features of this building type. Figure 10-2-3.2.1, Single-Family Detached Building Type, illustrates this building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.1

Single-Family Detached Building Type

Detached Residential Structure With Common Design Features

Primary entrance is oriented to the street and often defined by a porch.

Some portion of the roof is pitched

Walkway leads to the primary entrance from the public way.

Autos access the property either from the alley or the street (where permitted)

Figure 10-2-3.2.1

Single-Family Detached Building Type

Primary entrance is oriented to the street and often defined by a porch.

Some portion of the roof is pitched

Walkway leads to the primary entrance from the public way.

Autos access the property either from the alley or the street (where permitted)

Figure 10-2-3.2.1

Single-Family Detached Building Type

Primary entrance is oriented to the street and often defined by a porch.

Some portion of the roof is pitched

Walkway leads to the primary entrance from the public way.

Autos access the property either from the alley or the street (where permitted)

Figure 10-2-3.2.1

Single-Family Detached Building Type

Primary entrance is oriented to the street and often defined by a porch.

Some portion of the roof is pitched

Walkway leads to the primary entrance from the public way.

Autos access the property either from the alley or the street (where permitted)

THE SAMPLE IMAGES BELOW ARE SHOWN ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES AND ARE NOT MEANT TO PRESCRIBE THAT THESE FORMS MUST BE USED.

3.
Building Type Dimensional Standards. Figure 10-2-3.2.2, Single-Family Detached Building Type, and Table 10-2-3.2.2, Single-Family Detached Building Type Standards, establish the dimensional standards and how they apply to the Single-Family Detached Dwelling building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.2 Single-Family Detached Building Type (see Table 10-2-3.2.2, below)

Building Placement and Building Coverage	Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks

Building Activation	Building Form and Orientation

Table 10-2-3.2.2 Single-Family Detached Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.2 above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	10’ / 20’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	65%	65%	N/A	70%
G	Public or Private Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	35%	35%	N/A	30%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30’	N/A	2.5 / 30’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade width before articulation	30’	30'	N/A	30’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) percentage of building in plan view	50%	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.2 Single-Family Detached Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.2 above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	10’ / 20’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	65%	65%	N/A	70%
G	Public or Private Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	35%	35%	N/A	30%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30’	N/A	2.5 / 30’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade width before articulation	30’	30'	N/A	30’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) percentage of building in plan view	50%	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.2 Single-Family Detached Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.2 above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	10’ / 20’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	65%	65%	N/A	70%
G	Public or Private Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	35%	35%	N/A	30%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30’	N/A	2.5 / 30’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade width before articulation	30’	30'	N/A	30’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) percentage of building in plan view	50%	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.2 Single-Family Detached Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.2 above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	10’ / 20’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	65%	65%	N/A	70%
G	Public or Private Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	35%	35%	N/A	30%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30’	N/A	2.5 / 30’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade width before articulation	30’	30'	N/A	30’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) percentage of building in plan view	50%	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

4.
Additional Single-Family Detached Dwelling Building Type Standards.
1. 1.
  Front Height Limit in the BTZ. Note that a one-story porch or one-story wing in front would meet the requirement.
2. 2.
  Roof Form. The percentage of sloped roof requirement is measured as a percentage of the building footprint in plan view. For roof slope (pitch) requirements, see the roof form provisions in Table 10-2-3.2.2 above.
3. 3.
  Front Porch Width. Where a front porch is incorporated, it shall be a minimum of 40% of the width of the façade.

Effective on: 1/1/1901

K

Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type.

1.
Generally. This Subsection provides design standards for the Single-Family Attached / Duplex building type. The illustration of a Single-Family Attached / Duplex building type identifies common design features. Next is a description of the building type followed by tables providing the design standards.
2.
Description. This building type is a small-scale, freestanding structure. It is one to two and one-half stories in height. The primary entrance is defined by a porch, stoop, or recessed entry. An attached garage with a pitched roof may be present on the front elevation in some contexts but is subordinate to the principal building. Figure 10-2-3.2.3, Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type, illustrates this building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.3

Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type

Single-Family Attached/Duplex Structure With Common Design Features

Primary entrance is oriented to the street and may be defined by a porch.

Parking is subordinate to the
primary building.

Walkway leads to the primary entrance from the public way.

THE SAMPLE IMAGES BELOW ARE SHOWN ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES AND ARE NOT MEANT TO PRESCRIBE THAT THESE FORMS MUST BE USED.

3.
Building Type Dimensional Standards. Figure 10-2-3.2.4, Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type, and Table 10-2-3.2.3, Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type Standards, establish the dimensional standards and how they apply to the Single-Family Attached Dwelling / Duplex building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.4 Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type (see Table 10-2-3.2.3, below)

Building Placement and Building Coverage	Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks

Building Activation	Building Form and Orientation

Table 10-2-3.2.3 Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.4, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	60%	60%	N/A	60%
G	Public or Private Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	30%	30%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	1	N/A	N/A
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30’	N/A	2.5 / 30’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	30’	30’	N/A	30’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) percentage of topmost floor	50%	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.3 Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.4, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	60%	60%	N/A	60%
G	Public or Private Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	30%	30%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	1	N/A	N/A
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30’	N/A	2.5 / 30’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	30’	30’	N/A	30’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) percentage of topmost floor	50%	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.3 Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.4, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	60%	60%	N/A	60%
G	Public or Private Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	30%	30%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	1	N/A	N/A
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30’	N/A	2.5 / 30’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	30’	30’	N/A	30’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) percentage of topmost floor	50%	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.3 Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.4, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	60%	60%	N/A	60%
G	Public or Private Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	30%	30%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	1	N/A	N/A
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30’	N/A	2.5 / 30’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	30’	30’	N/A	30’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) percentage of topmost floor	50%	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

4.
Additional Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type Standards.
1. a.
  Front Height Limit. A one-story porch or one-story wing in front is required.
2. b.
  Roof Form. The percentage of sloped roof requirement is measured as a percentage of the building footprint in plan view. For roof slope (pitch) requirements, see the roof form provisions in Table 10-2-3.2.3, above.
3. c.
  Front Porch Width. Where a front porch is incorporated, it shall be a minimum of 40% of the width of the façade.

Effective on: 1/1/1901

L

Multiplex Building Type.

1.
Generally. This Subsection provides design standards for the Multiplex building type. The illustration of this building type identifies common design features. Next is a description of the building type followed by tables providing the design standards.
2.
Description. This building type contains up to residential units. This type reflects traditional residential structures in form but is somewhat larger in scale. It is freestanding, and one to two and one half stories in height in different contexts. Details include principal entrances in one or more locations. Each is defined by a porch, stoop, or recessed entry. A Multiplex building generally includes a pitched roof. Figure 10-2-3.2.5, Multiplex Building Type, illustrates the multiplex building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.5

Multiplex Building Type

Multiplex Structure Common Design Features

Primary entrance is oriented to the street and may be
defined by a porch.

Pitched roof relates to traditional single-family buildings.

Walkway leads to the primary entrance from the public way.

THE SAMPLE IMAGES BELOW ARE SHOWN ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES AND ARE NOT MEANT TO PRESCRIBE THAT THESE FORMS MUST BE USED.

1. 3.
  Building Type Dimensional Standards. Figure 10-2-3.2.6, Multiplex Building Type, and Table 10-2-3.2.4, Multiplex Building Type Standards, establish the dimensional standards and how they apply to the Multiplex building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.6 Multiplex Building Type (see Table 10-2-3.2.4, below)

Building Placement and Building Coverage	Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks

Building Activation	Building Form and Orientation

Table 10-2-3.2.4 Multiplex Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.6, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	70%	70%	N/A	70%
G	Public Amenity / Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	25%	25%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30'	N/A	2.5 / 30'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	15’	15’	N/A	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum wall length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	2	1	N/A	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	2	1	N/A	2
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	30%	30%	N/A	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	20%	20%	N/A	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as percentage of building in plan view if not an art-deco or contemporary architectural style	50%	50%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation requirement	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.4 Multiplex Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.6, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	70%	70%	N/A	70%
G	Public Amenity / Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	25%	25%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30'	N/A	2.5 / 30'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	15’	15’	N/A	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum wall length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	2	1	N/A	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	2	1	N/A	2
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	30%	30%	N/A	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	20%	20%	N/A	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as percentage of building in plan view if not an art-deco or contemporary architectural style	50%	50%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation requirement	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.4 Multiplex Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.6, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	70%	70%	N/A	70%
G	Public Amenity / Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	25%	25%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30'	N/A	2.5 / 30'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	15’	15’	N/A	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum wall length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	2	1	N/A	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	2	1	N/A	2
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	30%	30%	N/A	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	20%	20%	N/A	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as percentage of building in plan view if not an art-deco or contemporary architectural style	50%	50%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation requirement	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.4 Multiplex Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.6, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	70%	70%	N/A	70%
G	Public Amenity / Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	25%	25%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30'	N/A	2.5 / 30'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	15’	15’	N/A	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum wall length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	2	1	N/A	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	2	1	N/A	2
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	30%	30%	N/A	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	20%	20%	N/A	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as percentage of building in plan view if not an art-deco or contemporary architectural style	50%	50%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation requirement	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

4.
Additional Multiplex Building Type Standards.
1. a.
  Roof Form. The percentage of sloped roof requirement is measured as a percentage of the building footprint in plan view. For roof slope (pitch) requirements, see the roof form provisions in Table 10-2-3.2.4 above.
2. b.
  Front Porch Width. Where a front porch is incorporated, it shall be a minimum of 40% of the width of the façade.

(There are no ordinances associated with this section.)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

M

Townhouse Building Type.

1.
Generally. This Subsection provides design standards for the Townhouse building type. The illustration of a Townhouse building type identifies common design features. Next is a description of the building type followed by tables providing the design standards.
2.
Description. This building type accommodates three to eight single-family units which are attached to one another and are oriented to the street. They are to be compatible in mass and scale with nearby residential structures of a lower scale. A Townhouse is one to three stories in height. The façade is designed to express each individual unit. Each unit has a principal entrance on the ground floor defined by a porch, stoop, or recessed entry. End units have window openings on three sides, while interior units have window openings only in the front and back. Parking is located in the rear. Figure 10-2-3.2.7, Townhouse Building Type, illustrates this building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.7

Townhouse Building Type

Walkway leads to the primary entrance from the public way

Articulation techniques provide variety in scale and add visual interest

A primary entrance may be defined by a covered porch, stoop, or covered entry.

THE SAMPLE IMAGES BELOW ARE SHOWN ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES AND ARE NOT MEANT TO PRESCRIBE THAT THESE FORMS MUST BE USED.

3.
Building Type Dimensional Standards. Figure 10-2-3.2.8, Townhouse Building Type, and Table 10-2-3.2.5, Townhouse Building Type Standards, establish the dimensional standards and how they apply to the Townhouse building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.8 Townhouse Building Type (see Table 10-2-3.2.5, below)

Building Placement and Building Coverage	Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks

Building Activation	Building Form and Orientation

Table 10-2-3.2.5 Townhouse Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.8 above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	70%	70%	N/A	70%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	25%	25%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30'	3 / 45’	N/A	3 / 45’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	2	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	125’	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	15’	15’	N/A	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	30%	30%	N/A	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	20%	20%	N/A	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) percentage of topmost floor	25%	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.5 Townhouse Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.8 above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	70%	70%	N/A	70%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	25%	25%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30'	3 / 45’	N/A	3 / 45’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	2	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	125’	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	15’	15’	N/A	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	30%	30%	N/A	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	20%	20%	N/A	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) percentage of topmost floor	25%	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.5 Townhouse Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.8 above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	70%	70%	N/A	70%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	25%	25%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30'	3 / 45’	N/A	3 / 45’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	2	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	125’	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	15’	15’	N/A	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	30%	30%	N/A	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	20%	20%	N/A	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) percentage of topmost floor	25%	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.5 Townhouse Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.8 above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	70%	70%	N/A	70%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	25%	25%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30'	3 / 45’	N/A	3 / 45’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	2	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	125’	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	15’	15’	N/A	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	30%	30%	N/A	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	20%	20%	N/A	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) percentage of topmost floor	25%	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

4.
Additional Townhouse Building Type Standards.
1. a.
  Roof Form. The percentage of sloped roof requirement is measured as a percentage of the building footprint in plan view. For roof slope (pitch) requirements, see the roof form provisions in Table 10-2-3.2.5 above.
2. b.
  Front Porch Width. Where a front porch is incorporated, it shall be a minimum of 40% of the width of the façade.

Effective on: 1/1/1901

N

Apartment Building Type.

1.
Generally. This Subsection provides design standards for the Apartment building type. The illustration of an Apartment building type identifies common design features. Next is a description of the building type followed by tables providing the design standards.
2.
Description. This building type includes multiple floors of residential units. The design is intended to be compatible in mass and scale with the pedestrian orientation of Downtown. Apartment buildings commonly have one entrance on the street which accesses multiple dwelling units internally. A sense of scale is accomplished with variation in height and massing. It has a pedestrian-friendly façade achieved by incorporating high-quality ground floor design elements, such as transparency and clearly defined entrances. Parking is accommodated in structured or tuck-under formats. Figure 10-2-3.2.9, Apartment Building Type, illustrates this building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.9

Apartment Building Type

Primary entrance orients to the street or a shared open space.

Variation in massing and wall articulation provides visual interest and reduces perceived mass.

Windows provide a sense of connection to the public way.

THE SAMPLE IMAGES BELOW ARE SHOWN ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES AND ARE NOT MEANT TO PRESCRIBE THAT THESE FORMS MUST BE USED.

3.
Building Type Dimensional Standards. Figure 10-2-3.2.10, Apartment Building Type, and Table 10-2-3.2.6, Apartment Building Type Standards, establish the dimensional standards and how they apply to the Apartment building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.10 Apartment Building Type (see Table 10-2-3.2.6, below)

Building Placement and Building Coverage	Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks

Building Activation	Building Form and Orientation

Table 10-2-3.2.6 Apartment Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.10, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 30’	N/A	5’ / 20’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min.)	N/A	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	65%	N/A	75%
G	Public Amenity / Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	35%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	N/A	4 / 55'’*
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	14’	N/A	14’
*A maximum of four stories is permitted in the DMU character area that lies between Church Avenue and Alamo Avenue (but not abutting Alamo), and north of Berry Avenue, except in the white hatched area of the Character Map, where the maximum height is three stories / 45’.
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	N/A	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	N/A	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	40%	N/A	40%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	N/A	30%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as a percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	N/A
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	N/A	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.6 Apartment Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.10, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 30’	N/A	5’ / 20’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min.)	N/A	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	65%	N/A	75%
G	Public Amenity / Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	35%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	N/A	4 / 55'’*
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	14’	N/A	14’
*A maximum of four stories is permitted in the DMU character area that lies between Church Avenue and Alamo Avenue (but not abutting Alamo), and north of Berry Avenue, except in the white hatched area of the Character Map, where the maximum height is three stories / 45’.
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	N/A	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	N/A	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	40%	N/A	40%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	N/A	30%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as a percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	N/A
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	N/A	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.6 Apartment Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.10, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 30’	N/A	5’ / 20’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min.)	N/A	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	65%	N/A	75%
G	Public Amenity / Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	35%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	N/A	4 / 55'’*
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	14’	N/A	14’
*A maximum of four stories is permitted in the DMU character area that lies between Church Avenue and Alamo Avenue (but not abutting Alamo), and north of Berry Avenue, except in the white hatched area of the Character Map, where the maximum height is three stories / 45’.
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	N/A	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	N/A	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	40%	N/A	40%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	N/A	30%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as a percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	N/A
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	N/A	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.6 Apartment Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.10, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 30’	N/A	5’ / 20’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min.)	N/A	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	65%	N/A	75%
G	Public Amenity / Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	35%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	N/A	4 / 55'’*
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	14’	N/A	14’
*A maximum of four stories is permitted in the DMU character area that lies between Church Avenue and Alamo Avenue (but not abutting Alamo), and north of Berry Avenue, except in the white hatched area of the Character Map, where the maximum height is three stories / 45’.
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	N/A	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	N/A	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	40%	N/A	40%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	N/A	30%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as a percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	N/A
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	N/A	50’

1. 4.
  Additional Apartment Building Type Standards.
  a.
  Roof form: The percentage of sloped roof requirement is measured as a percentage of the building footprint in plan view. For roof slope (pitch) requirements, see the roof form provisions in Table 10-2-3.2.6 above.

Effective on: 1/1/1901

O

Live-Work Building Type.

1.
Generally. This Subsection provides design standards for the Live-Work building type. The illustration of a Live-Work building type identifies common design features. Next is a description of the building type followed by tables providing design standards.
2.
Description. This building type combines commercial uses with residential units in one structure. Those uses may be separated vertically or horizontally. Commercial uses include, but are not limited to, art studios, small offices, and technology support services. The design includes varied massing and articulation techniques to maintain human scale and a pedestrian-friendly façade. Windows facing the street enhance the pedestrian environment. Figure 10-2-3.2.11, Live-Work Building Type, illustrates the Live-Work building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.11

Live-Work Building Type

An easily identifiable
entrance to the building.

Step back of the upper floor reduces perceived mass.

Transparency at the ground level engages the public way.

THE SAMPLE IMAGES BELOW ARE SHOWN ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES AND ARE NOT MEANT TO PRESCRIBE THAT THESE FORMS MUST BE USED.

3.
Building Type Dimensional Standards. Figure 10-2-3.2.12, Live-Work Building Type, and Table 10-2-3.2.7, Live-Work Building Type Standards, establish the dimensional standards and how they apply to the Live-Work building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.12 Live-Work Building Type (see Table 10-2-3.2.7, below)

Building Placement and Building Coverage	Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks

Building Activation	Building Form and Orientation

Table 10-2-3.2.7 Live-Work Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.12, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	5’ / 10’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	N/A	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	10’ / 20'	N/A	0’ ' 20'
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	70%	N/A	80%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	30%	N/A	20%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	N/A	3 / 45’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	14’	N/A	14’
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	N/A	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	50%	N/A	50%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	N/A	30%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	N/A	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.7 Live-Work Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.12, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	5’ / 10’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	N/A	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	10’ / 20'	N/A	0’ ' 20'
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	70%	N/A	80%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	30%	N/A	20%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	N/A	3 / 45’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	14’	N/A	14’
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	N/A	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	50%	N/A	50%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	N/A	30%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	N/A	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.7 Live-Work Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.12, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	5’ / 10’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	N/A	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	10’ / 20'	N/A	0’ ' 20'
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	70%	N/A	80%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	30%	N/A	20%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	N/A	3 / 45’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	14’	N/A	14’
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	N/A	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	50%	N/A	50%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	N/A	30%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	N/A	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.7 Live-Work Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.12, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	5’ / 10’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	N/A	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	10’ / 20'	N/A	0’ ' 20'
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	70%	N/A	80%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	30%	N/A	20%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	N/A	3 / 45’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	14’	N/A	14’
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	N/A	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	50%	N/A	50%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	N/A	30%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	N/A	50’

4.
Additional Live-Work Building Type Standards.
1. a.
  Roof Form. The percentage of sloped roof requirement is measured as a percentage of the building footprint in plan view. For roof slope (pitch) requirements, see the roof form provisions in Table 10-2-3.2.7 above.
2. b.
  Paseo Open Space Type. Live-Work and Mixed-Use buildings are permitted in conjunction with a paseo open space type, as established in Table 10-2-4.1.1, Public Open Space Standards.

Effective on: 1/1/1901

P

Mixed-Use Building Type.

1.
Generally. This Subsection provides design standards for the Mixed-Use building type. The illustration of a Mixed-Use building type identifies common design features. Next is a description of the building type followed by tables providing design standards.
2.
Description. The Mixed-Use building type houses retail, office, commercial, and residential uses, and sometimes parking within a single structure. The design is intended to be compatible in mass and scale with the pedestrian orientation of downtown. This is accomplished by varying heights, highly articulated masses, and a pedestrian-friendly façade. This includes a high degree of transparency and clearly defined entrances, which are enhanced with canopies and awnings. High quality and durable materials are features of this building type. Figure 10-2-3.2.12, Mixed-Use Building Type, illustrates the Mixed-Use building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.12

Mixed-Use Building Type

An easily identifiable
entrance to the
building.

Step back of the upper floor reduces perceived mass.

Transparency at the ground level engages the public way.

THE SAMPLE IMAGES BELOW ARE SHOWN ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES AND ARE NOT MEANT TO PRESCRIBE THAT THESE FORMS MUST BE USED.

3.
Mixed-Use Building Type Dimensional Standards. Figure 10-2-3.2.13, Mixed-Use Building Type, and Table 10-2-3.2.8, Mixed-Use Building Type Standards, establish the dimensional standards and how they apply to the Mixed-Use Building Type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.13 Mixed-Use Building Type (see Table 10-2-3.2.8, below)

Building Placement and Building Coverage	Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks

Building Activation	Building Form and Orientation

Table 10-2-3.2.8 Mixed-Use Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.13, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 20’	0’ / 5’	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	80% / 80%	80% / 80%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
D	Interior Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	10' / 10’	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	4' / 55'	3 / 45’	4 / 55'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	65%	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	15'	15'	15'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	150’	150’	150’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	20’	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade width before articulation is required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	2	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	65%	70%	65%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	25%	20%	25%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	50’	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.8 Mixed-Use Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.13, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 20’	0’ / 5’	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	80% / 80%	80% / 80%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
D	Interior Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	10' / 10’	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	4' / 55'	3 / 45’	4 / 55'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	65%	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	15'	15'	15'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	150’	150’	150’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	20’	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade width before articulation is required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	2	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	65%	70%	65%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	25%	20%	25%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	50’	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.8 Mixed-Use Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.13, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 20’	0’ / 5’	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	80% / 80%	80% / 80%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
D	Interior Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	10' / 10’	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	4' / 55'	3 / 45’	4 / 55'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	65%	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	15'	15'	15'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	150’	150’	150’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	20’	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade width before articulation is required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	2	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	65%	70%	65%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	25%	20%	25%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	50’	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.8 Mixed-Use Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.13, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 20’	0’ / 5’	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	80% / 80%	80% / 80%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
D	Interior Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	10' / 10’	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	4' / 55'	3 / 45’	4 / 55'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	65%	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	15'	15'	15'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	150’	150’	150’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	20’	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade width before articulation is required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	2	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	65%	70%	65%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	25%	20%	25%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	50’	50’

4.
Additional Mixed-Use Building Type Standards.
1. a.
  Roof Form. The percentage of sloped roof requirement is measured as a percentage of the building footprint in plan view. For roof slope (pitch) requirements, see the roof form provisions in Table 10-2-3.2.8 above.
2. b.
  Transparency. In the DMS district, upper story windows shall be designed to reflect the traditional size and proportions of those seen on contributing buildings in the Historic District.
3. c.
  Paseo Open Space Type. Live-Work and Mixed-Use buildings are permitted in conjunction with a paseo open space type, as established in Table 10-2-4.1.1, Public Open Space Standards.

Effective on: 1/1/1901

Q

Commercial Building Type.

1.
Generally. This Subsection provides design standards for the Commercial building type. The illustration of a Commercial building type identifies common design features. Next is a description of the building type followed by tables providing design standards.
2.
Description. This building type houses commercial uses, such as retail, office, institutional, and service-oriented businesses. It occurs in a variety of sizes from a small retail store to a large grocery store. It has a pedestrian-friendly façade, which is achieved by incorporating a high degree of transparency. Entrances are clearly defined with canopies and awnings to enhance the pedestrian environment. Figure 10-2-3.2.14, Commercial Building Type, illustrates this building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.14

Commercial Building Type

Primary entrance identified by raised parapet entry type
and small plaza.

Variation in roofline provides interest and reduces perceived scale

Display windows face onto the public way

THE SAMPLE IMAGES BELOW ARE SHOWN ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES AND ARE NOT MEANT TO PRESCRIBE THAT THESE FORMS MUST BE USED.

3.
Commercial Building Type Dimensional Standards. Figure 10-2-3.2.15, Commercial Building Type, and Table 10-2-3.2.9, Commercial Building Type Standards, establish the dimensional standards and how they apply to the Commercial building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.15 Commercial Building Type (see Table 10-2-3.2.9, below)

Building Placement and Building Coverage	Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks

Building Activation	Building Form and Orientation

Table 10-2-3.2.9 Commercial Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.15, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 20’	0’ / 10’	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	90% / 90%	70% / 70%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	10’ / 10'	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	3 / 45’	3 / 45
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	15'	15'	15'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	180’	180’	180’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	15’	15’	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	3	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	40%	60%	40%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	20%	20%	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	75’	75’	75’

Table 10-2-3.2.9 Commercial Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.15, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 20’	0’ / 10’	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	90% / 90%	70% / 70%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	10’ / 10'	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	3 / 45’	3 / 45
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	15'	15'	15'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	180’	180’	180’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	15’	15’	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	3	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	40%	60%	40%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	20%	20%	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	75’	75’	75’

Table 10-2-3.2.9 Commercial Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.15, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 20’	0’ / 10’	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	90% / 90%	70% / 70%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	10’ / 10'	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	3 / 45’	3 / 45
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	15'	15'	15'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	180’	180’	180’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	15’	15’	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	3	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	40%	60%	40%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	20%	20%	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	75’	75’	75’

Table 10-2-3.2.9 Commercial Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.15, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 20’	0’ / 10’	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	90% / 90%	70% / 70%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	10’ / 10'	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	3 / 45’	3 / 45
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	15'	15'	15'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	180’	180’	180’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	15’	15’	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	3	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	40%	60%	40%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	20%	20%	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	75’	75’	75’

4.
Additional Commercial Building Type Standards.
1. a.
  Roof Form. The percentage of sloped roof requirement is measured as a percentage of the building footprint in plan view. For roof slope (pitch) requirements, see the roof form provisions in Table 10-2-3.2.9 above.
2. b.
  Transparency. In the DMS district, upper story windows shall be designed to reflect the traditional size and proportions of those seen on contributing buildings in the Historic District.

Effective on: 1/1/1901

R

Office-Institutional Building Type.

1.
Generally. This Subsection provides design standards for the Office-Institutional building type. The illustration of an Office-Institutional building type identifies common design features. Next is a description of the building type followed by tables providing design standards.
2.
Description. The Office-Institutional building type provides space for a variety of businesses, civic uses, and public organizations, including medical facilities, public assembly, and corporate offices. A pedestrian-friendly façade is achieved by incorporating transparency, clearly defined entrances, architectural details, canopies, and awnings to enhance the pedestrian environment. High quality and durable materials sometimes with iconic forms, such as towers, are a strong feature of this building type. Figure 10-2-3.2.16, Office-Institutional Building Type, illustrates this building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.16

Office-Institutional Building Type

Office/Institutional Building With Common Designs

Primary entrance connects to a public walkway.

Composition has a base, middle, and a cap with articulated walls and varied massing.

A high degree of transparency activates the street level façade.

THE SAMPLE IMAGES BELOW ARE SHOWN ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES AND ARE NOT MEANT TO PRESCRIBE THAT THESE FORMS MUST BE USED.

3.
Building Type Dimensional Standards. Figure 10-2-3.2.17, Office-Institutional Building Type, and Table 10-2-3.2.10, Office-Institutional Building Type Standards, establish the dimensional standards and how they apply to the Office-Institutional building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.17 Office - Institutional Building Type (see Table 10-2-3.2.10, below)

Building Placement and Building Coverage	Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks

Building Activation	Building Form and Orientation

Table 10-2-3.2.10 Office - Institutional Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.17, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	5’ / 20’	0’ / 10’	0’ / 20’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	90% / 70%	90% / 90%	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	10’	10’	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	10’ / 10'	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	70%	90%	80%
G	Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	30%	0%	20%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	3 / 45'	4 / 55'*
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	12'	12'	12'
* A maximum of three stories / 45’ stories is permitted in the DMU district.
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	150’	150’	100’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	15’	15’	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	2	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	1	2
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	60%	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	20%	20%	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	5%	N/A	N/A
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	75’	75’	75’

Table 10-2-3.2.10 Office - Institutional Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.17, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	5’ / 20’	0’ / 10’	0’ / 20’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	90% / 70%	90% / 90%	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	10’	10’	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	10’ / 10'	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	70%	90%	80%
G	Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	30%	0%	20%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	3 / 45'	4 / 55'*
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	12'	12'	12'
* A maximum of three stories / 45’ stories is permitted in the DMU district.
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	150’	150’	100’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	15’	15’	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	2	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	1	2
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	60%	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	20%	20%	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	5%	N/A	N/A
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	75’	75’	75’

Table 10-2-3.2.10 Office - Institutional Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.17, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	5’ / 20’	0’ / 10’	0’ / 20’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	90% / 70%	90% / 90%	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	10’	10’	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	10’ / 10'	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	70%	90%	80%
G	Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	30%	0%	20%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	3 / 45'	4 / 55'*
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	12'	12'	12'
* A maximum of three stories / 45’ stories is permitted in the DMU district.
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	150’	150’	100’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	15’	15’	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	2	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	1	2
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	60%	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	20%	20%	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	5%	N/A	N/A
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	75’	75’	75’

Table 10-2-3.2.10 Office - Institutional Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.17, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	5’ / 20’	0’ / 10’	0’ / 20’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	90% / 70%	90% / 90%	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	10’	10’	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	10’ / 10'	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	70%	90%	80%
G	Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	30%	0%	20%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	3 / 45'	4 / 55'*
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	12'	12'	12'
* A maximum of three stories / 45’ stories is permitted in the DMU district.
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	150’	150’	100’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	15’	15’	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	2	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	1	2
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	60%	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	20%	20%	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	5%	N/A	N/A
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	75’	75’	75’

4.
Additional Office-Institutional Building Type Standards.
1. a.
  Roof Form. The percentage of sloped roof requirement is measured as a percentage of the building footprint in plan view. For roof slope (pitch) requirements, see the roof form provisions in Table 10-2-3.2.10 above.
2. b.
  Transparency. In the DMS district, upper story windows shall be designed to reflect the traditional size and proportions of those seen on contributing buildings in the Historic District.
3. c.
  Design Standards.
  1.
  Purpose. The purpose of this paragraph is to provide standards that assure that an Office-Institutional building makes a positive contribution to the public realm.
  2.
  Pedestrian Activity. An Office-Institutional building shall be located such that it encourages pedestrian activity in the area and has the following characteristics:
  i.
  The building is located in a manner that is highly visible from the public right-of-way.
  ii.
  Primary entrances are oriented to connect to primary pedestrian circulation routes.
  iii.
  Outdoor spaces associated with the building are oriented where they will activate the street edge.
  3.
  Human Scale. An Office-Institutional building shall be designed to provide a pedestrian-friendly street level and convey a sense of human scale in building massing, materials, and details.
  4.
  Outdoor Civic Spaces. To assure that an outdoor civic space, as required in Section 10-2-4.1, DT Landscaping, makes a positive contribution to the public realm, such space shall be designed to enhance the network of streets, public spaces, and sidewalks in the downtown.
  i.
  The space shall be suitable for active public use.
  ii.
  The space shall be designed to include streetscape furnishings such as decorative lighting, benches, and public art.
  iii.
  The space shall provide convenient, safe, and aesthetically pleasing pedestrian connections.
  iv.
  The space shall maintain significant view corridors.
  v.
  The space shall minimize potential visual and safety impacts of automobiles.

Effective on: 1/1/1901

S

Parking Structure Building Type.

1.
Generally. This Subsection provides design standards for the Parking Structure building type. The illustration of a Parking Structure building type identifies some typical features. Next is a description of the building type followed by tables providing design standards.
2.
Description. A Parking Structure building type accommodates vehicle parking in a form that is designed to be compatible with the character of downtown. Cars are concealed to the greatest extent feasible and auto entries are visually subordinate. This is accomplished by concealing the garage space with other active uses as a “wrap” around parking spaces, or with architectural screens that provide visual interest and a sense of human scale. Figure 10-2-3.2.18, Parking Structure Building Type, illustrates this building type

Figure 10-2-3.2.18

Parking Structure Building Type

Activated street level “wrap”.

Architectural screening of parking levels.

Varied massing and articulation.

THE SAMPLE IMAGES BELOW ARE SHOWN ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES AND ARE NOT MEANT TO PRESCRIBE THAT THESE FORMS MUST BE USED.

3.
Building Type Dimensional Standards. Figure 10-2-3.2.19, Parking Structure Building Type, and Table 10-2-3.2.11, Parking Structure Building Type, establish the dimensional standards and how they apply to the Parking Structure building type, including those related to a “wrap” of other uses.

Figure 10-2-3.2.19 Parking Structure Building Type (see Table 10-2-3.2.11, below)

Building Placement and Building Coverage	Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks

Building Activation	Building Form and Orientation

Table 10-2-3.2.11 Parking Structure Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.19, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	90% / 70%	90% / 90%	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	10’	1’	15’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	15’ / 24'	0’ / 24'	10’ / 24'
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks (For building wrap)
A	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap” within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2 / 30'	2 / 30'	2 / 30'
B	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap”	N/A	3 / 45'	3 / 45'	3 / 45'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap” within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2 / 30'	2 / 30'	2 / 30'
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.) of a “wrap”	N/A	16'	16'	16'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	50’	50’	50’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length of “wrap” before articulation	N/A	50’	50’	50’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required for “wrap” (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	2	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques for “wrap”	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.) for “wrap”	N/A	50%	50%	50%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.) for “wrap”	N/A	30%	30%	30%
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
A	Primary entrance orientation for “wrap”	N/A	Directly facing the street
B	Primary entrance spacing (max.) for “wrap” (not including vehicle entries)	N/A	50’	50’	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.11 Parking Structure Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.19, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	90% / 70%	90% / 90%	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	10’	1’	15’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	15’ / 24'	0’ / 24'	10’ / 24'
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks (For building wrap)
A	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap” within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2 / 30'	2 / 30'	2 / 30'
B	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap”	N/A	3 / 45'	3 / 45'	3 / 45'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap” within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2 / 30'	2 / 30'	2 / 30'
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.) of a “wrap”	N/A	16'	16'	16'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	50’	50’	50’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length of “wrap” before articulation	N/A	50’	50’	50’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required for “wrap” (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	2	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques for “wrap”	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.) for “wrap”	N/A	50%	50%	50%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.) for “wrap”	N/A	30%	30%	30%
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
A	Primary entrance orientation for “wrap”	N/A	Directly facing the street
B	Primary entrance spacing (max.) for “wrap” (not including vehicle entries)	N/A	50’	50’	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.11 Parking Structure Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.19, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	90% / 70%	90% / 90%	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	10’	1’	15’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	15’ / 24'	0’ / 24'	10’ / 24'
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks (For building wrap)
A	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap” within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2 / 30'	2 / 30'	2 / 30'
B	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap”	N/A	3 / 45'	3 / 45'	3 / 45'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap” within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2 / 30'	2 / 30'	2 / 30'
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.) of a “wrap”	N/A	16'	16'	16'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	50’	50’	50’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length of “wrap” before articulation	N/A	50’	50’	50’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required for “wrap” (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	2	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques for “wrap”	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.) for “wrap”	N/A	50%	50%	50%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.) for “wrap”	N/A	30%	30%	30%
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
A	Primary entrance orientation for “wrap”	N/A	Directly facing the street
B	Primary entrance spacing (max.) for “wrap” (not including vehicle entries)	N/A	50’	50’	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.11 Parking Structure Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.19, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	90% / 70%	90% / 90%	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	10’	1’	15’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	15’ / 24'	0’ / 24'	10’ / 24'
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks (For building wrap)
A	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap” within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2 / 30'	2 / 30'	2 / 30'
B	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap”	N/A	3 / 45'	3 / 45'	3 / 45'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap” within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2 / 30'	2 / 30'	2 / 30'
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.) of a “wrap”	N/A	16'	16'	16'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	50’	50’	50’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length of “wrap” before articulation	N/A	50’	50’	50’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required for “wrap” (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	2	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques for “wrap”	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.) for “wrap”	N/A	50%	50%	50%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.) for “wrap”	N/A	30%	30%	30%
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
A	Primary entrance orientation for “wrap”	N/A	Directly facing the street
B	Primary entrance spacing (max.) for “wrap” (not including vehicle entries)	N/A	50’	50’	50’

4.
Additional Parking Structure Building Type Standards.
1. a.
  Purpose. The purpose of these additional standards is to maintain a pedestrian-oriented environment and provide human scale and visual interest along any parking garage street frontage. This is accomplished by providing usable space on the ground floor, providing architectural treatments that avoid blank wall façades, and ensuring consistency with the architectural character and quality of Downtown.
2. b.
  Street Level Uses. A multi-story parking structure (two levels or more) with a façade facing public street rights-of-way shall provide a wrap with active uses at the street level.
  1.
  The active use shall extend for a minimum of 80 percent of the linear frontage.
  2.
  Active uses permitted are commercial, live-work, residential, and institutional space.
3. c.
  Openings. Parking garage openings shall be vertically and horizontally aligned when viewed from a public street. Vehicle entrances shall be on an alley whenever one is present.
4. d.
  Context. Each façade oriented to a street or public space shall be designed to fit with the context of the block and convey a human scale and provide visual interest. Methods include:
  1.
  Articulation of the building structure expressions;
  2.
  Patterns of window, door, or other openings that provide surface variation;
  3.
  Changes in wall planes;
  4.
  Changes in materials that define building modules or patterns;
  5.
  Art; and
  6.
  Architectural details and ornamentation
5. e.
  Concealment.
  1.
  Street-oriented façades, including those for sloped parking ramps, shall conceal or effectively reduce the impact of parked cars and light sources from the exterior public view for the full height of the structure.
  2.
  Openings in parking structure façades that face a street shall be proportioned to appear as separate windows in a wall rather than long horizontal gaps between the structural frame.

Effective on: 1/1/1901

T

Additional Design Standards for All Districts.

1.
Purpose. The purpose of these standards is to maintain views from the public way to features that give distinct identity to Downtown Littleton. These include views of historic landmarks and to the mountains. Specific view corridors may be defined in other planning documents, such as a Downtown Plan. Note that maintaining a partial view may meet the intent of this standard, as determined by the Council.
2.
Encroachment Agreement. As a condition of approval of an encroachment permit for a permanent encroachment of public rights-of-way, including but not limited to, an awning, canopy, cornice, window sill, belt courses, or bay window, and as determined by the Director, the applicant shall execute an encroachment agreement to place all risks and liability for the encroachment on the permittee, at the applicant's expense.
1. a.
  Terms. The encroachment agreement shall contain the following general terms, among others as approved by the City Attorney:
  1. 1.
    Assumption of the Risk. The permittee shall assume all risks of injury and damage relating to the encroachment.
  2. 2.
    Indemnification. The permittee shall agree to indemnify the city of Littleton, its officers, employees, and agents from all injuries, damages, and costs relating to the encroachment.
  3. 3.
    Maintenance. The permittee shall assume full responsibility for adequate maintenance of the encroachment.
  4. 4.
    Revocability. The agreement shall state the right of the city to revoke the permit at any time.
2. b.
  Recordation. The encroachment agreement shall be recorded with the office of the Clerk and Recorder against any real property owned by the permittee adjacent to the encroachment area before construction or placement of the encroachment within the right-of-way. Proof of recordation shall be given to the Director prior to issuance of the encroachment permit.
3.
View Corridor.
1. a.
  Key View Corridors. Where a key view corridor from the public way exists, design a building to frame the view to a key community landmark or natural feature. Examples of key community landmarks and natural features include, but are not limited to:
  1. 1.
    Geneva Lodge;
  2. 2.
    Carnegie Library;
  3. 3.
    Littleton Courthouse;
  4. 4.
    Columbine Mill; and
  5. 5.
    The Mountains.
2. b.
  View Maintenance. A view shall be maintained by:
  1. 1.
    Locating a building on its site to permit a view through the site to the landmark.
  2. 2.
    Stepping the building mass down to permit a partial view through to the landmark, as determined by the Council.
4.
Providing Focal Points. A focal point may be a public art installation, special landscape feature, or an iconic building element, such as a corner tower, that gives a distinct identity to individual sites in Downtown Littleton. These should be incorporated into building design and serve as reference points and as means of providing interest in the character of the street. A site at the end of a street, where views terminate, is an example of a location that should be developed with a focal point.
5.
Human Scale in Buildings.
1. a.
  Human Scale Techniques. A building shall be designed to provide a sense of human scale. These techniques shall be used:
  1. 1.
    Variation in the building form, such as recessed or projecting bays;
  2. 2.
    Expression of architectural or structural modules that reflect traditional building widths in the Downtown;
  3. 3.
    Compositions of windows with similar shapes and patterns;
  4. 4.
    Emphasis of building entries through projecting or recessed forms, detail, color, and materials;
  5. 5.
    Variations of material, material modules, expressed joints and details, surface relief, color, and texture;
  6. 6.
    The repetition of columns or bay spacing which subdivide the building façade into smaller human-scaled elements; and
  7. 7.
    See also Subsection 10-1-3.1.B, Varied Massing.
2. b.
  Façade Composition.
  1. 1.
    A building façade shall have three vertical divisions:
    i.
    Base;
    ii.
    Middle; and
    iii.
    Cap.
  2. 2.
    The 'Base' shall be defined by one or more of these techniques:
    i.
    A building foundation line (on lower scale residential buildings);
    ii.
    A street level of storefronts;
    iii.
    A series of stoops or porches; or
    iv.
    Changing materials or their details to distinguish the 'Base' from the 'Middle' sections.
  3. 3.
    The 'Middle' shall be defined by one or more of these techniques:
    i.
    A series of one or more floors above the ground level with similar patterns and materials;
    ii.
    Window patterns arranged to distinguish these intermediate floors from those below and above; or
    iii.
    Changing materials or their details to distinguish them from those below or above.
  4. 4.
    The 'Cap' shall be designed to create a sense of terminating the building façade. This may be achieved by one or more of these techniques:
    i.
    Providing a projecting cornice or eave;
    ii.
    Varying window patterns to distinguish the top floor from those below;
    iii.
    Stepping back upper wall planes; or
    iv.
    Changing materials.
3. c.
  Depth of Architectural Details. To assure that architectural details are of sufficient dimensions such that they contribute to a sense of human scale and provide visual interest, a façade that faces a public right-of-way shall include details that convey a depth sufficient to create interest and a sense of scale, through the interplay of light and shadow. Examples of techniques that meet this standard include:
  1. 1.
    Recessed windows, at least three inches as permitted by design;
  2. 2.
    Recessed entries and doors;
  3. 3.
    Projecting sills;
  4. 4.
    Projecting pilasters and columns;
  5. 5.
    Balconies;
  6. 6.
    Overhanging eaves, cornices, and roofs;
  7. 7.
    Porches;
  8. 8.
    Bay windows and other projecting bays; and
  9. 9.
    Dormers.
4. d.
  Adjacent Buildings. A building shall be designed to provide human scale, interest, and variety while maintaining consistency with adjacent and nearby buildings. Examples of techniques that meet this standard are:
  1. 1.
    Variation in the building form, such as recessed or projecting bays;
  2. 2.
    Expression of architectural or structural modules and detail;
  3. 3.
    Diversity of window size, shape, or patterns;
  4. 4.
    Accentuation of the building entry through projecting or recessed forms, details, color, or materials;
  5. 5.
    Variations of materials, expressed joints and details, surface relief, color, and texture to scale; and
  6. 6.
    Frequent rhythm of column or bay spacing, subdividing the building façade into smaller human-scaled modules.

Effective on: 1/1/1901

Littleton City Zoning Code

CHAPTER 2

DOWNTOWN DT

Related Provisions
Sec. 10-1-1.3	Land Use Matrix	Permitted, specially permitted, conditional, and accessory uses permitted within the NC and CM districts
Sec. 10-1-1.4	Land Use Standards	Standards that apply to land uses denoted with an "S" in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix
Sec. 10-9-5.1	Conditional Use Standards	Standards for land uses denoted as "C" in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix
Sec. 10-1-2.3	Height and Yard Exceptions	Allowable exceptions to the setbacks and heights within the NC and CM districts
Sec. 10-1-3.1	General Design Standards	Standards relating to wall articulation, varied massing, blank walls, and screening
Sec. 10-1-3.2	Non-Residential and Mixed-Use Design Standards	Permitted and alternative materials and CPTED review standards
Sec. 10-9-5.8	Adaptive Reuse Plan	Development standards and reuse incentives for the revitalization or redevelopment of buildings
Sec. 10-1-3.4	Sustainable Building Design	Incentives for the use of sustainable design and development practices
Sec. 10-1-3.7	Vehicle Mobility	Minimum required and maximum allowable parking, credits and reductions, vehicle access and parking design, landscape and screening standards, and pedestrian circulation (Subsection 10-1-3.7.B, Parking and Access in the DT Districts)
Sec. 10-1-3.8	Alternative Mobility	Bicycle parking standards
Sec. 10-1-3.11	Outdoor Lighting Standards	Standards for on-site exterior lighting and for certain districts, uses and site features
Sec. 10-9-3.10	Development Review Summary	Descriptions of all required approval and permit processes
Sec. 10-12-2.1	Definitions	Definitions of land uses and general terms
Base Standards
Sec. 10-1-3.6	Greenspace Design Standards	General planting, landscape, bufferyard and tree canopy coverage requirements
Sec. 10-1-3.10	Sign Standards	Signs allowed and prohibited, installation and maintenance requirements, means of measuring sign dimensions, bonuses, and standards for temporary signs

Related Provisions
Sec. 10-1-1.3	Land Use Matrix	Permitted, specially permitted, conditional, and accessory uses permitted within the NC and CM districts
Sec. 10-1-1.4	Land Use Standards	Standards that apply to land uses denoted with an "S" in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix
Sec. 10-9-5.1	Conditional Use Standards	Standards for land uses denoted as "C" in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix
Sec. 10-1-2.3	Height and Yard Exceptions	Allowable exceptions to the setbacks and heights within the NC and CM districts
Sec. 10-1-3.1	General Design Standards	Standards relating to wall articulation, varied massing, blank walls, and screening
Sec. 10-1-3.2	Non-Residential and Mixed-Use Design Standards	Permitted and alternative materials and CPTED review standards
Sec. 10-9-5.8	Adaptive Reuse Plan	Development standards and reuse incentives for the revitalization or redevelopment of buildings
Sec. 10-1-3.4	Sustainable Building Design	Incentives for the use of sustainable design and development practices
Sec. 10-1-3.7	Vehicle Mobility	Minimum required and maximum allowable parking, credits and reductions, vehicle access and parking design, landscape and screening standards, and pedestrian circulation (Subsection 10-1-3.7.B, Parking and Access in the DT Districts)
Sec. 10-1-3.8	Alternative Mobility	Bicycle parking standards
Sec. 10-1-3.11	Outdoor Lighting Standards	Standards for on-site exterior lighting and for certain districts, uses and site features
Sec. 10-9-3.10	Development Review Summary	Descriptions of all required approval and permit processes
Sec. 10-12-2.1	Definitions	Definitions of land uses and general terms
Base Standards
Sec. 10-1-3.6	Greenspace Design Standards	General planting, landscape, bufferyard and tree canopy coverage requirements
Sec. 10-1-3.10	Sign Standards	Signs allowed and prohibited, installation and maintenance requirements, means of measuring sign dimensions, bonuses, and standards for temporary signs

Related Provisions
Sec. 10-1-1.3	Land Use Matrix	Permitted, specially permitted, conditional, and accessory uses permitted within the NC and CM districts
Sec. 10-1-1.4	Land Use Standards	Standards that apply to land uses denoted with an "S" in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix
Sec. 10-9-5.1	Conditional Use Standards	Standards for land uses denoted as "C" in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix
Sec. 10-1-2.3	Height and Yard Exceptions	Allowable exceptions to the setbacks and heights within the NC and CM districts
Sec. 10-1-3.1	General Design Standards	Standards relating to wall articulation, varied massing, blank walls, and screening
Sec. 10-1-3.2	Non-Residential and Mixed-Use Design Standards	Permitted and alternative materials and CPTED review standards
Sec. 10-9-5.8	Adaptive Reuse Plan	Development standards and reuse incentives for the revitalization or redevelopment of buildings
Sec. 10-1-3.4	Sustainable Building Design	Incentives for the use of sustainable design and development practices
Sec. 10-1-3.7	Vehicle Mobility	Minimum required and maximum allowable parking, credits and reductions, vehicle access and parking design, landscape and screening standards, and pedestrian circulation (Subsection 10-1-3.7.B, Parking and Access in the DT Districts)
Sec. 10-1-3.8	Alternative Mobility	Bicycle parking standards
Sec. 10-1-3.11	Outdoor Lighting Standards	Standards for on-site exterior lighting and for certain districts, uses and site features
Sec. 10-9-3.10	Development Review Summary	Descriptions of all required approval and permit processes
Sec. 10-12-2.1	Definitions	Definitions of land uses and general terms
Base Standards
Sec. 10-1-3.6	Greenspace Design Standards	General planting, landscape, bufferyard and tree canopy coverage requirements
Sec. 10-1-3.10	Sign Standards	Signs allowed and prohibited, installation and maintenance requirements, means of measuring sign dimensions, bonuses, and standards for temporary signs

Related Provisions
Sec. 10-1-1.3	Land Use Matrix	Permitted, specially permitted, conditional, and accessory uses permitted within the NC and CM districts
Sec. 10-1-1.4	Land Use Standards	Standards that apply to land uses denoted with an "S" in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix
Sec. 10-9-5.1	Conditional Use Standards	Standards for land uses denoted as "C" in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix
Sec. 10-1-2.3	Height and Yard Exceptions	Allowable exceptions to the setbacks and heights within the NC and CM districts
Sec. 10-1-3.1	General Design Standards	Standards relating to wall articulation, varied massing, blank walls, and screening
Sec. 10-1-3.2	Non-Residential and Mixed-Use Design Standards	Permitted and alternative materials and CPTED review standards
Sec. 10-9-5.8	Adaptive Reuse Plan	Development standards and reuse incentives for the revitalization or redevelopment of buildings
Sec. 10-1-3.4	Sustainable Building Design	Incentives for the use of sustainable design and development practices
Sec. 10-1-3.7	Vehicle Mobility	Minimum required and maximum allowable parking, credits and reductions, vehicle access and parking design, landscape and screening standards, and pedestrian circulation (Subsection 10-1-3.7.B, Parking and Access in the DT Districts)
Sec. 10-1-3.8	Alternative Mobility	Bicycle parking standards
Sec. 10-1-3.11	Outdoor Lighting Standards	Standards for on-site exterior lighting and for certain districts, uses and site features
Sec. 10-9-3.10	Development Review Summary	Descriptions of all required approval and permit processes
Sec. 10-12-2.1	Definitions	Definitions of land uses and general terms
Base Standards
Sec. 10-1-3.6	Greenspace Design Standards	General planting, landscape, bufferyard and tree canopy coverage requirements
Sec. 10-1-3.10	Sign Standards	Signs allowed and prohibited, installation and maintenance requirements, means of measuring sign dimensions, bonuses, and standards for temporary signs

(Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Section 10-2-1.1 DT Purpose

Purpose.

1.
Downtown. Downtown is established for the purpose of providing residential, non-residential, and mixed-use development within the city's Downtown.
1. a.
  Development within this district is typically, but not always, denser than other parts of the city and generally consists of multi-story buildings that are built to the street; parking that is located on-street, to the rear of the property, tucked under or in parking structures; and landscaping that is formal, with regularly-spaced street trees, planters, and street furniture.
2. b.
  There is also an area typified by less dense and intense development with landscaped areas in front of the building and parking that may be located in front of the building.
3. c.
  This district implements the Comprehensive Plan’s goals related to access to a variety of housing types, supporting the socially and economically vibrant Downtown, preserving and protecting areas and structures with historic significance and character, and allowing Downtown to remain an inclusive community.
4. d.
  This district includes a designated National Register Historic District, a local Landmark District, and individually designated historic structures. Designated historic structures are also subject to the purpose and regulations of Chapter 8, Historic Preservation.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022)

Effective on: 8/25/2022

Section 10-2-1.2 DT Applicability

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Section 10-2-2.1 DT Districts and Uses

Districts.

1.
Plan Implementation. The zoning districts that implement the Urban Downtown Main Street, Urban Downtown Mixed-Use, and Urban Downtown Transition designations on the Future Land Use and Character Map include:
1. a.
  DMS, Downtown Main Street;
2. b.
  DTA, Downtown Transition Area;
3. c.
  DMU, Downtown Mixed-Use; and
4. d.
  DNR, Downtown Neighborhood Residential.
2.
Purposes. The purposes of these districts and their relationship to the Comprehensive Plan and former zoning designations are set out in Section 10-1-1.1, Base Districts.

District Definitions and Objectives.

1.
DNR, Downtown Neighborhood Residential.
1. 1.
  Definition. This district is defined by its pedestrian-oriented street edge alongside modest front yards and reflects its existing low-density, single-family heritage while accommodating compatible multi-family building forms.
2. 2.
  Objectives.
  1. 1.
    Uses. The area supports a mix of single-family and multi-family land uses that maintain the existing residential character while transitioning to more intensive non-residential uses in the Downtown core.
  2. 2.
    Scale. Buildings should be predominantly two stories with one-story elements in front to establish a reduced scale.
  3. 3.
    Building Form. Buildings should be primarily rectilinear in form and accented with varied massing.
  4. 4.
    Roof Shape. Roofs should be primarily sloping with a percentage of rooms being sloped and required only on single-family detached buildings.
  5. 5.
    Street Level. Porches and shared residential entries should signal direct connection with the street.
  6. 6.
    Frontages. Building frontages should be residential in character, including required front yards.
  7. 7.
    Parking. Parking should be subordinate on the property with location to the rear of the principal structure or screened by landscaping or fencing.
  8. 8.
    Open Space. All uses should provide sufficient open space in the form of pervious area and planted greenery that is visible from the street.
  9. 9.
    Tree Canopy. Tree plantings should be incorporated into all properties to enhance the overall tree canopy.
  10. 10.
    Streetscape. Sidewalks should include a consistent treatment of street trees which enhance the tree canopy and allow for an ADA-compliant pathway along with pedestrian-scale lighting, and other street furniture such as benches, trash receptacles, and bicycle racks.
  11. 11.
    Preservation. Designated historic buildings, structures, sites, and areas will be protected, enhanced, and perpetuated in accordance with CHAPTER 8, Historic Preservation.
2.
DTA, Downtown Transition Area.
1. a.
  Definition. This district is pedestrian-oriented and reflects a historic residential form and usage while accommodating a moderately higher density mix of commercial, restaurant, office, hotel, and mixed-use and residential uses and building types.
2. b.
  Objectives.
  1. 1.
    Uses. The area supports a mix of complementary uses, including commercial, office, and residential.
  2. 2.
    Scale. Buildings are predominantly two and three stories articulated with some one-story elements in front to reduce scale.
  3. 3.
    Building Form. A combination of roof forms is allowed with some sloped forms on all buildings.
  4. 4.
    Roof Shape. A variety of roof shapes are allowed with some sloped and required on single-family detached buildings and two-story townhomes and multiplexes.
  5. 5.
    Street Level. The street-level design should incorporate elements such as storefronts, front stoops, and porches at street-facing entrances.
  6. 6.
    Frontages. Front yards and plazas of buildings should be landscaped with low-water plants, trees, perennials, and annuals.
  7. 7.
    Parking. Parking should be subordinate to the principal structure on the property and located to the rear of the principal structure, be tucked under, and be screened by landscaping or fencing.
  8. 8.
    Open Space. All uses should provide sufficient open space in the form of hardscape and/or naturalized, low-maintenance plant and tree material that is visible from the street.
  9. 9.
    Tree Canopy. Naturalized, low-maintenance tree plantings should be incorporated into all properties to enhance the overall tree canopy.
  10. 10.
    Streetscape. Sidewalks should include a consistent treatment of street trees to enhance the tree canopy and allow for an ADA-compliant pathway along with pedestrian-scale lighting, and other street furniture such as benches, trash receptacles, and bicycle racks.
  11. 11.
    Preservation. Where non-designated historic resources exist, preservation should be considered prior to demolition.
3.
DMS, Downtown Main Street.
1. a.
  Definition. This district establishes a small-town feel through a consistent urban form of an active, pedestrian-oriented street edge and the small-scale and diverse historical architectural styles of Main and Prince Streets. Buildings accommodate a mix of uses within multiple stories and support the walkable character of the historic Downtown. This district includes a locally designated Downtown Historic District and the Main Street National Register Historic District.
2. b.
  Objectives.
  1. 1.
    Designated Historic Structures. Preservation of designated historic landmarks and buildings in historic districts is ensured through implementation of Chapter 8, Historic Preservation, as applicable.
  2. 2.
    Streetscape. Sidewalks should include a consistent treatment of street trees to enhance the tree canopy and allow for an ADA-compliant pathway along with pedestrian-scale lighting, and other street furniture such as benches, trash receptacles, and bicycle racks.
  3. 3.
    Open Space. All uses should provide sufficient open space in the form of hardscape and street trees that are visible from the street.
  4. 4.
    Parking. Parking must be subordinate to the primary structure and use on the property and located to the rear of the primary use and structured or screened.
  5. 5.
    Frontages. Building frontages maintain the historic Main Street character by retaining the alignment of building façades at the sidewalk edge.
  6. 6.
    Street Level. The street-level design promotes a pedestrian-friendly public realm activated by storefronts, outdoor seating, and street-facing building entrances.
  7. 7.
    Building Mass. New buildings should utilize design that reduces perceived scale and conveys building proportions reflective of the historic character of the area.
  8. 8.
    Roof Shape. A variety of roof shapes are allowed with little to no slope required.
  9. 9.
    Building Form. Building form should consist of a primarily simple, rectangular form and be accented with varied massing and articulation.
  10. 10.
    Scale. New buildings shall reflect the scale of the surrounding structures.
  11. 11.
    Uses. The area supports a mix of complementary uses, including commercial, retail, restaurants, bars, entertainment, office, and mixed-use.
4.
DMU, Downtown Mixed-Use.
1. a.
  Definition. This district consists of mixed-use buildings with an active, pedestrian-oriented street edge. The predominant building form retains a traditional urban scale, design, and mix of uses which complements the Downtown Main Street (DMS) district.
2. b.
  Objectives.
  1. 1.
    Preservation. Where designated historic resources exist, they shall be protected, enhanced, and perpetuated in accordance with Chapter 8, Historic Preservation.
  2. 2.
    Little’s Creek. Buildings, new and old, interact with and activate Little’s Creek by providing access and outdoor spaces that are oriented toward the amenity.
  3. 3.
    Streetscape. Sidewalks should include a consistent treatment of street trees to enhance the tree canopy and allow for an ADA-compliant pathway along with pedestrian-scale lighting, and other street furniture such as benches, trash receptacles, and bicycle racks.
  4. 4.
    Tree Canopy. Tree plantings should be incorporated into the public realm and within properties to enhance the overall tree canopy.
  5. 5.
    Open Space. All uses should provide sufficient open space in the form of hardscape and/or planted greenery that is visible from the street.
  6. 6.
    Parking. Parking is subordinate on the property with location to the rear of, or wrapped by, the primary structure or screened by landscaping or fencing.
  7. 7.
    Frontages. Front setbacks should promote a pedestrian-friendly street frontage with some variation to support plazas and courtyards.
  8. 8.
    Street Level. The street level is defined by a variety of storefronts, apartment or hotel lobby entrances, and residential front stoops.
  9. 9.
    Roof Shape. A variety of roof shapes are allowed with slope required only on single-family detached buildings.
  10. 10.
    Building Form. Buildings should be primarily rectilinear in form and accented with varied massing.
  11. 11.
    Scale. The buildings should maintain a pedestrian-friendly sidewalk edge with predominantly two-to-three stories at the street edge.
  12. 12.
    Uses. The area supports a mix of complementary uses, including commercial, office, institutional, and residential.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022)

Effective on: 8/25/2022

Section 10-2-2.2 DT Lot and Building Standards

Refer to Section 10-2-3.2, DT Standards of Design.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Section 10-2-3.1 DT Building Materials

Building Materials.

1.
Material Types. Refer to Subsection 10-1-3.2.A, Building Material Standards.
2.
Building Materials Table. Displayed in Table 10-2-3.1, Building Materials Permitted by DT District, are the applicable zoning districts and the allowable material types.
3.
Alternative Materials. Refer to Subsection 10-1-3.2.A, Building Material Standards.

Table 10-2-3.1 Building Materials Permitted by DT District
P = Primary material; S = Secondary material (less than 25% of façade area); "--" = Not permitted
	Material Type	DNR	DMU	DMS	DTA
1 Masonry
1a)	Modular Brick	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
1b)	Modular Stone	P, S	P, S	S	P, S
1c)	Architectural cast or precast concrete (detailed)	S	P, S	S	P, S
1d)	Architectural reinforced concrete (glass fiber, fiber)	--	P, S	--	S
1e)	Cement board siding	P, S	P, S	--	S
1f)	Terra cotta	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
1g)	Cast stone	P, S	P, S	S	P, S
1h)	An architectural concrete masonry unit	--	S	--	S
1i)	Panelized brick or stone	S	P, S	--	S
2 Metal
2a)	Metal panels	--	S	S	S
2b)	Metal accents	S	S	S	S
3 Siding
3a)	Horizontal lap (wood, cement board)	P, S	S	S*	P, S
3b)	Shingles (wood, cement board)	P, S	S	--	P, S
	Vertical board and batten (wood, cement board)	P, S	--	--	P, S
4 Stucco
4a)	Authentic	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
4b)	Synthetic (scored)	S	P, S	--	S
4c)	Synthetic (not scored)	S	--	--	S
5 Glass
5a)	Curtain wall	--	S	--	S
5b)	Glass Accent	S	S	S	S
TABLE NOTES: *This is only allowed on upper stories that are stepped back from the building front.

Table 10-2-3.1 Building Materials Permitted by DT District
P = Primary material; S = Secondary material (less than 25% of façade area); "--" = Not permitted
	Material Type	DNR	DMU	DMS	DTA
1 Masonry
1a)	Modular Brick	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
1b)	Modular Stone	P, S	P, S	S	P, S
1c)	Architectural cast or precast concrete (detailed)	S	P, S	S	P, S
1d)	Architectural reinforced concrete (glass fiber, fiber)	--	P, S	--	S
1e)	Cement board siding	P, S	P, S	--	S
1f)	Terra cotta	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
1g)	Cast stone	P, S	P, S	S	P, S
1h)	An architectural concrete masonry unit	--	S	--	S
1i)	Panelized brick or stone	S	P, S	--	S
2 Metal
2a)	Metal panels	--	S	S	S
2b)	Metal accents	S	S	S	S
3 Siding
3a)	Horizontal lap (wood, cement board)	P, S	S	S*	P, S
3b)	Shingles (wood, cement board)	P, S	S	--	P, S
	Vertical board and batten (wood, cement board)	P, S	--	--	P, S
4 Stucco
4a)	Authentic	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
4b)	Synthetic (scored)	S	P, S	--	S
4c)	Synthetic (not scored)	S	--	--	S
5 Glass
5a)	Curtain wall	--	S	--	S
5b)	Glass Accent	S	S	S	S
TABLE NOTES: *This is only allowed on upper stories that are stepped back from the building front.

Table 10-2-3.1 Building Materials Permitted by DT District
P = Primary material; S = Secondary material (less than 25% of façade area); "--" = Not permitted
	Material Type	DNR	DMU	DMS	DTA
1 Masonry
1a)	Modular Brick	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
1b)	Modular Stone	P, S	P, S	S	P, S
1c)	Architectural cast or precast concrete (detailed)	S	P, S	S	P, S
1d)	Architectural reinforced concrete (glass fiber, fiber)	--	P, S	--	S
1e)	Cement board siding	P, S	P, S	--	S
1f)	Terra cotta	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
1g)	Cast stone	P, S	P, S	S	P, S
1h)	An architectural concrete masonry unit	--	S	--	S
1i)	Panelized brick or stone	S	P, S	--	S
2 Metal
2a)	Metal panels	--	S	S	S
2b)	Metal accents	S	S	S	S
3 Siding
3a)	Horizontal lap (wood, cement board)	P, S	S	S*	P, S
3b)	Shingles (wood, cement board)	P, S	S	--	P, S
	Vertical board and batten (wood, cement board)	P, S	--	--	P, S
4 Stucco
4a)	Authentic	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
4b)	Synthetic (scored)	S	P, S	--	S
4c)	Synthetic (not scored)	S	--	--	S
5 Glass
5a)	Curtain wall	--	S	--	S
5b)	Glass Accent	S	S	S	S
TABLE NOTES: *This is only allowed on upper stories that are stepped back from the building front.

Table 10-2-3.1 Building Materials Permitted by DT District
P = Primary material; S = Secondary material (less than 25% of façade area); "--" = Not permitted
	Material Type	DNR	DMU	DMS	DTA
1 Masonry
1a)	Modular Brick	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
1b)	Modular Stone	P, S	P, S	S	P, S
1c)	Architectural cast or precast concrete (detailed)	S	P, S	S	P, S
1d)	Architectural reinforced concrete (glass fiber, fiber)	--	P, S	--	S
1e)	Cement board siding	P, S	P, S	--	S
1f)	Terra cotta	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
1g)	Cast stone	P, S	P, S	S	P, S
1h)	An architectural concrete masonry unit	--	S	--	S
1i)	Panelized brick or stone	S	P, S	--	S
2 Metal
2a)	Metal panels	--	S	S	S
2b)	Metal accents	S	S	S	S
3 Siding
3a)	Horizontal lap (wood, cement board)	P, S	S	S*	P, S
3b)	Shingles (wood, cement board)	P, S	S	--	P, S
	Vertical board and batten (wood, cement board)	P, S	--	--	P, S
4 Stucco
4a)	Authentic	P, S	P, S	P, S	P, S
4b)	Synthetic (scored)	S	P, S	--	S
4c)	Synthetic (not scored)	S	--	--	S
5 Glass
5a)	Curtain wall	--	S	--	S
5b)	Glass Accent	S	S	S	S
TABLE NOTES: *This is only allowed on upper stories that are stepped back from the building front.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Section 10-2-3.2 DT Standards of Design

Applicability. The standards of this Section apply to:

1.
New. New principal buildings;
2.
Minor Expansions or Alterations. An expanded or altered portion of any existing principal building; and
3.
Major Expansions or Alterations. The entire existing principal building when an expansion or alteration exceeds 50 percent of the building’s existing square footage prior to the expansion or alteration.

1.
Dimensional. The dimensional aspects of the structure;
2.
Units. The number of legally established residential and/or non-residential units within the structure (where applicable); and
3.
Placement. The placement of the structure on the lot;

Primary Entrances.

1.
Position. In residential building types containing more than one unit, at least two of the residential entrances shall be directly accessible to the street and on the forwardmost portion of the primary façade (excluding porches, bay windows, and similar architectural projections) or within six feet of the forwardmost portion of the primary street-facing façade. The remainder of residential entrances may be accessible to the street from a courtyard or passageway.
2.
Spacing. Primary entrance spacing is expressed as the maximum distance between primary entrances as measured along a building façade that faces a public street or public open space.

District Specific Standards.

1.
Main Street (DMS). Where a front setback area is between a building frontage and street right-of-way, such area shall be designed to extend the pedestrian amenities of the street by increasing walkway width to accommodate areas for outdoor café/restaurant seating, allow window shopping, and to provide for the temporary display of retailer goods.
2.
Downtown Transition Area (DTA). Where a front setback area is between a building frontage and street right-of-way in the portion of Alamo Avenue east of South Nevada Street, such area shall be designed to extend the pedestrian amenities of the street, such as increased walkway widths, areas for outdoor café/restaurant seating, and increased sidewalk widths to allow window shopping and space for the temporary display of retailer goods

1.
"P" - Building type permitted; and
2.
"--" - Building type prohibited.

Table 10-2-3.2.1 Permitted Building Types by District
Building Type	Downtown Zoning Districts
Building Type	Downtown Neighborhood Residential (DNR)	Downtown Transition Area (DTA)	Downtown Main Street (DMS)	Downtown Mixed-Use (DMU)
Residential
Apartment	--	P	--	P
Mixed-Use Building (upper floor residential units)	--	P	P	P
Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex	P	P	--	P
Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	P	P	--	P
Multiplex (3-6 residential units)	P	P	--	P
Townhouse	P	P	--	P
Non-residential / Mixed-Use
Live-Work	--	P	--	P
Mixed-Use	--	P	P	P
Commercial	--	P	P	P
Office-Institutional	--	P	P	P
Parking Structure	--	P	P	P

Table 10-2-3.2.1 Permitted Building Types by District
Building Type	Downtown Zoning Districts
Building Type	Downtown Neighborhood Residential (DNR)	Downtown Transition Area (DTA)	Downtown Main Street (DMS)	Downtown Mixed-Use (DMU)
Residential
Apartment	--	P	--	P
Mixed-Use Building (upper floor residential units)	--	P	P	P
Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex	P	P	--	P
Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	P	P	--	P
Multiplex (3-6 residential units)	P	P	--	P
Townhouse	P	P	--	P
Non-residential / Mixed-Use
Live-Work	--	P	--	P
Mixed-Use	--	P	P	P
Commercial	--	P	P	P
Office-Institutional	--	P	P	P
Parking Structure	--	P	P	P

Table 10-2-3.2.1 Permitted Building Types by District
Building Type	Downtown Zoning Districts
Building Type	Downtown Neighborhood Residential (DNR)	Downtown Transition Area (DTA)	Downtown Main Street (DMS)	Downtown Mixed-Use (DMU)
Residential
Apartment	--	P	--	P
Mixed-Use Building (upper floor residential units)	--	P	P	P
Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex	P	P	--	P
Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	P	P	--	P
Multiplex (3-6 residential units)	P	P	--	P
Townhouse	P	P	--	P
Non-residential / Mixed-Use
Live-Work	--	P	--	P
Mixed-Use	--	P	P	P
Commercial	--	P	P	P
Office-Institutional	--	P	P	P
Parking Structure	--	P	P	P

Table 10-2-3.2.1 Permitted Building Types by District
Building Type	Downtown Zoning Districts
Building Type	Downtown Neighborhood Residential (DNR)	Downtown Transition Area (DTA)	Downtown Main Street (DMS)	Downtown Mixed-Use (DMU)
Residential
Apartment	--	P	--	P
Mixed-Use Building (upper floor residential units)	--	P	P	P
Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex	P	P	--	P
Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	P	P	--	P
Multiplex (3-6 residential units)	P	P	--	P
Townhouse	P	P	--	P
Non-residential / Mixed-Use
Live-Work	--	P	--	P
Mixed-Use	--	P	P	P
Commercial	--	P	P	P
Office-Institutional	--	P	P	P
Parking Structure	--	P	P	P

Section 10-2-4.1 DT Landscaping

1.
Character. Protect and preserve the appearance and character of the DMS, DTA, DMU, and DNR districts;
2.
Open Space Types. Establish a variety of open space types and standards to promote varied open space design;
3.
Green Biomass. Maximize pervious surface and establish and/or maintain the downtown tree canopy in order to minimize the urban heat island effect and to promote the many public benefits of green biomass; and
4.
Water Conservation. Ensure efficient and minimal use of water and other natural resources.

1.
Energy Efficiency. On-site landscape elements that reduce energy use;
2.
Rainwater Collection. Using alleys, paseos, and greens to collect rainwater;
3.
Green Roofs. Providing green roofs to reduce solar gain (which contributes to the urban heat island effect) and to reduce the quantity of water entering the storm drainage system;
4.
Green Building. Certifying Green Buildings by LEED or other rating systems; and
5.
Low Impact Development. Integrating low impact development (LID) to include: roof water collection and reuse, cisterns, green roofs, inlet devices, deep mulching, structural soils, sand and organic and peat filters, bio-detention and bioretention, meadow and pocket parks, subsurface detention, filter-vertical recovery structures, rain gardens, biofiltration, depressed parking lot islands, permeable concrete, open joint terrace and walk system, and green canopies.

General Standards.

1.
All areas of the site not covered by buildings, structures, parking areas, service areas, walks, bikeways, plazas, and other impervious-surfaced functional areas shall be landscaped using naturalized, low-maintenance landscaping practices and techniques.
2.
Where a side setback occurs, it shall be landscaped as a buffer to the adjoining property as required in Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards, a continuation of landscaping between properties, usable open space for residents or employees within the property, or a landscaped passageway from the property to the street.
3.
Evergreen and shade trees shall be a minimum of 10 feet from any public right-of-way line.

Open Space on Public or Private Property.

1.
Generally. In order to ensure that a variety of functional, well-designed open spaces are distributed throughout a development, all non-residential and mixed-use projects and new residential developments shall have an open space component.
2.
Function. Open space shall be designed and furnished to provide a pedestrian amenity. Where practicable, open space shall be integrated into the on-site stormwater management system to maximize the usable portion of a property. Low impact development (LID) improvements shall be used to the maximum practicable extent, including, but not limited to, bioretention and infiltration basins, such as inverted vegetated islands within parking lots, rain gardens, reduced impervious areas, vegetated swales, rain barrels, and cisterns, and pervious pavements.
3.
Location. Open space shall be readily accessible to and visible from the street and connected to a public sidewalk.
1. a.
  A minimum of 25 percent of the perimeter of the open space shall abut a street.
2. b.
  The open space shall be no more than three feet above or below the adjacent sidewalk level and be designed in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) accessibility requirements.
4.
Configuration. The open space shall be compact, contiguous, and serve as a focal point of the development.
1. a.
  In order to avoid long and narrow spaces, the length of a park or plaza may not exceed three times its width, except where specifically used as a connection to additional recreational resources recognized by the city, such as parks or trails.
2. b.
  Buildings shall be oriented toward the open space.
3. c.
  The open space should be located to receive the maximum amount of year-round natural light.
5.
Availability. If open to the general public, the hours of availability to the public shall be at least 8:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. A plaque no more than four square feet in area may be displayed stating the hours for public use.
6.
Categories and Maintenance. Open space includes the following categories:
1. a.
  Public Open Space. Public open spaces include those that are established in Table 10-2-4.1.1, Public Open Space Standards. Public open space shall be privately-owned and maintained but shall be open to the general public.
2. b.
  Private Open Space. Private open spaces are permitted only in conjunction with residential building types, or the residential element of Mixed-Use or Live-Work building types, and include privately-owned and maintained outdoor areas located on the ground or, only when recommended by the Commission and accepted by the Council, on a terrace, deck, porch, or roof that are for an outdoor gathering, recreation, or landscaping. Private open space shall be privately owned and maintained and may be open to the general public, but at minimum, shall be accessible to the residents, employees, and/or visitors to the residential building or development.
7.
Open Space Percentage. All applicable development shall provide the open space / public amenity percentage required for a given building type in Section 10-2-3.2, DT Standards of Design.
8.
Exclusions. The following areas shall not be counted as open space:
1. a.
  Private yards, individual lots, or easements less than the minimum size required by this Code;
2. b.
  Driveways, parking areas, and required landscape islands;
3. c.
  Stormwater management areas other than those designed for active use of the public and improved with amenities;
4. d.
  Land covered by structures not designated for active or passive recreational uses; and
5. e.
  Designated outdoor storage areas, as permitted.
9.
Central Open Space. A maximum of 75 percent of the required open space may be consolidated into a centralized public open space in a development. The central open space shall be accessible by pedestrians, bicycles, and vehicles. Sidewalks with a minimum width of six feet shall be provided parallel to but separated by a landscaped tree lawn adjacent to all roadways and shall be a minimum of six feet wide.
10.
Open Space Categories. Permitted residential public open spaces include any open space in Table 10-2-4.1.1, Public Open Space Standards. Permitted private open space includes such amenities as forecourts, courtyards, or other amenities acceptable to the Director or their designee.
11.
Tree Canopy Credit. Trees in permitted open space types count toward the tree canopy coverage requirements of this Section.
12.
Fee In-Lieu of Open Space Development. The Council may, when the best interest of the city would be served, require the maximum amount of open space feasible on the site shall be developed and improved to city standards, with an equal and proportionate amount of that land deemed infeasible contributed as a payment of money in lieu of development and improvement. The fair market value shall be determined by the Council, following their review of a current appraisal submitted to the city at the developer's expense. The appraisal shall be made by appraisers who are approved members of the Society of Real Estate Appraisers (SREA) or equivalent real estate appraisal societies. Provided that the developer shall be required to pay the applicable cash in lieu of land as provided below, rather than dedicate any area of land which is deemed impractical for public open space purposes by the Council. Where the Council determines that a payment of money in lieu of open space development shall be made, the following provisions shall apply:
1. a.
  Amount Required. Any payment of money shall be in an amount established by ordinance of the Council.
2. b.
  Time of Payment. Any payment of money required shall be paid as a condition of approval of any Final Plat or replat or prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy.
3. c.
  Park Development Fund. All cash payments shall be deposited in a separate park development fund. The city shall account for all such payments with reference to each development for which the payment is made.
4. d.
  Use of Funds. Any payments made to the park development fund shall be used solely for the acquisition, development, expansion, or upgrading of open space or public amenity located within the DMS, DTA, DMU, or DNR districts as identified on the official zoning map where the proposed development for which payment was made is located, or an area so located and in such proximity to the development so as to serve or benefit these districts as approved by the Council.
5. e.
  Right to Refund. If all or part of the payments made to the development of open space or amenity is not expended or not under contract to be expended for the purposes authorized within five years of the date that 95 percent of all certificates of occupancy have been issued for the completed development of the property for which the payments were made, the person or entity who made such payments shall be entitled to a refund on all unexpended funds if a written request for refund has been made within one year of entitlement. If no such timely request is made the right to a refund of the unexpended funds shall be considered waived.

Table 10-2-4.1.1 Public Open Space Standards
Type	Standard
Plaza	General Character Formal open space Defined seating areas Balance of hardscape and plantings Spatially defined by building entries Location and Size Minimum area: 900 square feet Maximum area: 1 acre Minimum width: 30 feet Minimum perimeter frontage on public right of way: 25 percent Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Pocket Park	General Character Formal open space Spatially defined by buildings or streets Open shelters, paths, lawns, and trees Walkways and plantings at all edges Abundant seating opportunities Location and Size Minimum area: 2,500 square feet Maximum area: 10,000 square feet Minimum width: 60 feet Minimum pervious cover: 60 percent May function as a vegetated gathering area Permitted districts: DNR, DTA, DMU
Common Green	General Character Small urban open space responding to specific user groups and space available Range of character can be for intense use or aesthetic enjoyment Low maintenance is essential Location and Size Minimum area: 5,000 square feet Maximum area: 2 acres Minimum pervious cover: 75%; remainder shall consist of amenities, crushed stone, or pavers Within a ¼ mile of residences Permitted districts: All
Paseo	General Character Linear shaded public open space Allow for social and commercial activity to spill into the public realm Consist of a hardscape pathway with pervious and/or impervious pavers and surfaces, and activated by building entries that face onto it Landscaped, and activated with seating areas, patios, sidewalks, fountains, and similar amenities Location and Size Minimum width: 16 feet Maximum width: 30 feet Minimum pedestrian passage width: 8 feet Minimum pervious cover: 50 percent Located to provide inter-block connections from one street to another Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Rooftop Garden	General Character Vegetated space on top of a flat or gently-sloped roof Space is usable by the general public, residents, employees, or customers Location and Size Roof load: A registered professional engineer shall certify that the roof can support any proposed new loads and whether any additional steps are required to keep new roof components in place when subjected to a wind speed of more than 90 mph. Roof edge protection: To avoid loose material from falling, a perimeter opaque barrier shall be established on the perimeter of the garden with a minimum height of 42 inches. Permitted building types: All building types that allow flat roofs and those with gently sloped roofs. Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Parklet	General Character Permanent or temporary sidewalk extension that provides seating, plantings, and other amenities. Typically installed in parallel, on-street parking spaces Extend out from the sidewalk at the level of the sidewalk to the width of the parking space(s) Location and Size Minimum area: 180 square feet Maximum area: 360 square feet Minimum planted area: 25 percent Encroachment: Temporary or permanent right-of-way permit required Protection: A perimeter barrier shall be established with a minimum height of 36 inches and a maximum height of 42 inches. Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU

Table 10-2-4.1.1 Public Open Space Standards
Type	Standard
Plaza	General Character Formal open space Defined seating areas Balance of hardscape and plantings Spatially defined by building entries Location and Size Minimum area: 900 square feet Maximum area: 1 acre Minimum width: 30 feet Minimum perimeter frontage on public right of way: 25 percent Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Pocket Park	General Character Formal open space Spatially defined by buildings or streets Open shelters, paths, lawns, and trees Walkways and plantings at all edges Abundant seating opportunities Location and Size Minimum area: 2,500 square feet Maximum area: 10,000 square feet Minimum width: 60 feet Minimum pervious cover: 60 percent May function as a vegetated gathering area Permitted districts: DNR, DTA, DMU
Common Green	General Character Small urban open space responding to specific user groups and space available Range of character can be for intense use or aesthetic enjoyment Low maintenance is essential Location and Size Minimum area: 5,000 square feet Maximum area: 2 acres Minimum pervious cover: 75%; remainder shall consist of amenities, crushed stone, or pavers Within a ¼ mile of residences Permitted districts: All
Paseo	General Character Linear shaded public open space Allow for social and commercial activity to spill into the public realm Consist of a hardscape pathway with pervious and/or impervious pavers and surfaces, and activated by building entries that face onto it Landscaped, and activated with seating areas, patios, sidewalks, fountains, and similar amenities Location and Size Minimum width: 16 feet Maximum width: 30 feet Minimum pedestrian passage width: 8 feet Minimum pervious cover: 50 percent Located to provide inter-block connections from one street to another Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Rooftop Garden	General Character Vegetated space on top of a flat or gently-sloped roof Space is usable by the general public, residents, employees, or customers Location and Size Roof load: A registered professional engineer shall certify that the roof can support any proposed new loads and whether any additional steps are required to keep new roof components in place when subjected to a wind speed of more than 90 mph. Roof edge protection: To avoid loose material from falling, a perimeter opaque barrier shall be established on the perimeter of the garden with a minimum height of 42 inches. Permitted building types: All building types that allow flat roofs and those with gently sloped roofs. Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Parklet	General Character Permanent or temporary sidewalk extension that provides seating, plantings, and other amenities. Typically installed in parallel, on-street parking spaces Extend out from the sidewalk at the level of the sidewalk to the width of the parking space(s) Location and Size Minimum area: 180 square feet Maximum area: 360 square feet Minimum planted area: 25 percent Encroachment: Temporary or permanent right-of-way permit required Protection: A perimeter barrier shall be established with a minimum height of 36 inches and a maximum height of 42 inches. Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU

Table 10-2-4.1.1 Public Open Space Standards
Type	Standard
Plaza	General Character Formal open space Defined seating areas Balance of hardscape and plantings Spatially defined by building entries Location and Size Minimum area: 900 square feet Maximum area: 1 acre Minimum width: 30 feet Minimum perimeter frontage on public right of way: 25 percent Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Pocket Park	General Character Formal open space Spatially defined by buildings or streets Open shelters, paths, lawns, and trees Walkways and plantings at all edges Abundant seating opportunities Location and Size Minimum area: 2,500 square feet Maximum area: 10,000 square feet Minimum width: 60 feet Minimum pervious cover: 60 percent May function as a vegetated gathering area Permitted districts: DNR, DTA, DMU
Common Green	General Character Small urban open space responding to specific user groups and space available Range of character can be for intense use or aesthetic enjoyment Low maintenance is essential Location and Size Minimum area: 5,000 square feet Maximum area: 2 acres Minimum pervious cover: 75%; remainder shall consist of amenities, crushed stone, or pavers Within a ¼ mile of residences Permitted districts: All
Paseo	General Character Linear shaded public open space Allow for social and commercial activity to spill into the public realm Consist of a hardscape pathway with pervious and/or impervious pavers and surfaces, and activated by building entries that face onto it Landscaped, and activated with seating areas, patios, sidewalks, fountains, and similar amenities Location and Size Minimum width: 16 feet Maximum width: 30 feet Minimum pedestrian passage width: 8 feet Minimum pervious cover: 50 percent Located to provide inter-block connections from one street to another Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Rooftop Garden	General Character Vegetated space on top of a flat or gently-sloped roof Space is usable by the general public, residents, employees, or customers Location and Size Roof load: A registered professional engineer shall certify that the roof can support any proposed new loads and whether any additional steps are required to keep new roof components in place when subjected to a wind speed of more than 90 mph. Roof edge protection: To avoid loose material from falling, a perimeter opaque barrier shall be established on the perimeter of the garden with a minimum height of 42 inches. Permitted building types: All building types that allow flat roofs and those with gently sloped roofs. Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Parklet	General Character Permanent or temporary sidewalk extension that provides seating, plantings, and other amenities. Typically installed in parallel, on-street parking spaces Extend out from the sidewalk at the level of the sidewalk to the width of the parking space(s) Location and Size Minimum area: 180 square feet Maximum area: 360 square feet Minimum planted area: 25 percent Encroachment: Temporary or permanent right-of-way permit required Protection: A perimeter barrier shall be established with a minimum height of 36 inches and a maximum height of 42 inches. Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU

Table 10-2-4.1.1 Public Open Space Standards
Type	Standard
Plaza	General Character Formal open space Defined seating areas Balance of hardscape and plantings Spatially defined by building entries Location and Size Minimum area: 900 square feet Maximum area: 1 acre Minimum width: 30 feet Minimum perimeter frontage on public right of way: 25 percent Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Pocket Park	General Character Formal open space Spatially defined by buildings or streets Open shelters, paths, lawns, and trees Walkways and plantings at all edges Abundant seating opportunities Location and Size Minimum area: 2,500 square feet Maximum area: 10,000 square feet Minimum width: 60 feet Minimum pervious cover: 60 percent May function as a vegetated gathering area Permitted districts: DNR, DTA, DMU
Common Green	General Character Small urban open space responding to specific user groups and space available Range of character can be for intense use or aesthetic enjoyment Low maintenance is essential Location and Size Minimum area: 5,000 square feet Maximum area: 2 acres Minimum pervious cover: 75%; remainder shall consist of amenities, crushed stone, or pavers Within a ¼ mile of residences Permitted districts: All
Paseo	General Character Linear shaded public open space Allow for social and commercial activity to spill into the public realm Consist of a hardscape pathway with pervious and/or impervious pavers and surfaces, and activated by building entries that face onto it Landscaped, and activated with seating areas, patios, sidewalks, fountains, and similar amenities Location and Size Minimum width: 16 feet Maximum width: 30 feet Minimum pedestrian passage width: 8 feet Minimum pervious cover: 50 percent Located to provide inter-block connections from one street to another Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Rooftop Garden	General Character Vegetated space on top of a flat or gently-sloped roof Space is usable by the general public, residents, employees, or customers Location and Size Roof load: A registered professional engineer shall certify that the roof can support any proposed new loads and whether any additional steps are required to keep new roof components in place when subjected to a wind speed of more than 90 mph. Roof edge protection: To avoid loose material from falling, a perimeter opaque barrier shall be established on the perimeter of the garden with a minimum height of 42 inches. Permitted building types: All building types that allow flat roofs and those with gently sloped roofs. Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU
Parklet	General Character Permanent or temporary sidewalk extension that provides seating, plantings, and other amenities. Typically installed in parallel, on-street parking spaces Extend out from the sidewalk at the level of the sidewalk to the width of the parking space(s) Location and Size Minimum area: 180 square feet Maximum area: 360 square feet Minimum planted area: 25 percent Encroachment: Temporary or permanent right-of-way permit required Protection: A perimeter barrier shall be established with a minimum height of 36 inches and a maximum height of 42 inches. Permitted districts: DMS, DTA, DMU

F.
Tree Canopy Coverage.
1. 1.
  Generally. Tree canopy shall be preserved or enhanced according to these provisions. The required amount of tree canopy is based on the minimum percentage of public amenity / open space required for each district and building type established in Section 10-2-3.2, DT Standards of Design.
2. 2.
  Existing Trees. Existing trees that are healthy and sturdy count toward the required tree canopy established in each of the tables in Section 10-2-3.2, DT Standards of Design.
3. 3.
  Newly Planted Trees. On sites without the required percentage of tree canopy coverage, prior to a certificate of occupancy, the applicant or owner shall plant trees to achieve the required tree canopy.
4. 4.
  Tree Canopy Plan. The applicant shall provide a tree canopy plan together with the Site Plan or Master Development Plan locating existing and proposed tree canopy and showing calculations of a 20-year mature tree canopy, by species, based on The Arbor Day Foundation’s Tree Database (https://www.arborday.org/trees/treeguide/browseTrees.cfm) or another source acceptable to the Director.
G.
Street Trees.
1. 1.
  Generally. Street trees shall be planted according to these standards and in the following circumstances:
  1. a.
    Along both sides of all new street rights-of-way (except alleys); or
  2. b.
    Along the adjacent street side of a development.
2. 2.
  Planting Area. Street trees shall be provided in street tree lawns in the DNR district or within a sidewalk cutout in the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts. Placement and design of sidewalk cutouts shall be in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
3. 3.
  Spacing. Street trees shall be spaced at least 25 feet, but not more than 50 feet, on center in street tree lawns and shall not interfere with existing or proposed light poles or the sight triangle.
4. 4.
  Tree Variety. All street trees shall be shade trees with single-stemmed trunks, branched no lower than six feet above the ground, except that ornamental trees may be used if large trees would conflict with existing overhead power lines. Ornamental trees shall not produce undue amounts of tree litter on the sidewalk and street. Biodiversity must be employed in the planting of street trees.
5. 5.
  Tree Canopy Credit. Street trees count toward the tree canopy coverage requirements set out in the tables in Section 10-2-3.2, DT Standards of Designs.
H.
Tree and Landscape Planting Standards.
1. 1.
  Size. Tree and landscape planting shall be installed in the sizes indicated in Table 10-2-4.1.2, Minimum Size of Trees or Shrubs at Installation.

Table 10-2-4.1.2 Minimum Size of Trees or Shrubs at Installation
Type of Plant	Distance from Public Right-of-Way
Type of Plant	10 feet or less, or in tree lawns or medians	More than 10 feet
Shade Tree (>30’ in mature height)	2-inch caliper	2-inch caliper
Ornamental Tree (<25’ in mature height)	1.5-inch caliper	1.5-inch caliper
Evergreen Tree	8-feet in height	6-feet in height
Shrub	5-gallon container	5-gallon container

Table 10-2-4.1.2 Minimum Size of Trees or Shrubs at Installation
Type of Plant	Distance from Public Right-of-Way
Type of Plant	10 feet or less, or in tree lawns or medians	More than 10 feet
Shade Tree (>30’ in mature height)	2-inch caliper	2-inch caliper
Ornamental Tree (<25’ in mature height)	1.5-inch caliper	1.5-inch caliper
Evergreen Tree	8-feet in height	6-feet in height
Shrub	5-gallon container	5-gallon container

Table 10-2-4.1.2 Minimum Size of Trees or Shrubs at Installation
Type of Plant	Distance from Public Right-of-Way
Type of Plant	10 feet or less, or in tree lawns or medians	More than 10 feet
Shade Tree (>30’ in mature height)	2-inch caliper	2-inch caliper
Ornamental Tree (<25’ in mature height)	1.5-inch caliper	1.5-inch caliper
Evergreen Tree	8-feet in height	6-feet in height
Shrub	5-gallon container	5-gallon container

Table 10-2-4.1.2 Minimum Size of Trees or Shrubs at Installation
Type of Plant	Distance from Public Right-of-Way
Type of Plant	10 feet or less, or in tree lawns or medians	More than 10 feet
Shade Tree (>30’ in mature height)	2-inch caliper	2-inch caliper
Ornamental Tree (<25’ in mature height)	1.5-inch caliper	1.5-inch caliper
Evergreen Tree	8-feet in height	6-feet in height
Shrub	5-gallon container	5-gallon container

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Section 10-2-4.2 DT Bufferyards

Generally. Bufferyards apply depending on the types and intensities of adjoining character areas or building types.

Purpose. The purpose of a bufferyard is to:

1.
Screen development from adjacent properties;
2.
Enhance the streetscape by softening the edge between parking and the adjacent street;
3.
Improve compatibility of adjacent character areas and building types; and
4.
Contribute to the tree canopy of the DT district.

Figure 10-2-4.2.1 Bufferyard Illustration

D.
Bufferyard Locations.
1. 1.
  Generally.
  1. a.
    A bufferyard shall be located along the rear or side lot line of a parcel, parallel to the lot line.
  2. b.
    Properties separated by a public right-of-way, excluding alleys, are not considered adjoining for the purposes of this Section.
  3. c.
    A required bufferyard shall not be located on any portion of an existing, dedicated, or reserved public right-of-way.
  4. d.
    Openings of the minimum necessary width for pedestrian, bicycle, and vehicle access are allowed. Driveways or walkways shall cross a bufferyard at as near a perpendicular angle as practicable.
  5. e.
    A continuous fence is not required along the rear lot line of buildings using alleys as the primary or secondary pedestrian, bicycle, and vehicular access.
  6. f.
    The width of a required bufferyard is calculated on the average width per 100 feet, or portion, of the bufferyard, as depicted in Figure 10-2-4.2.2, Average Bufferyard Width. The minimum width of the bufferyard at any one point shall not be less than one-half the required width of the bufferyard.

Figure 10-2-4.2.2

Average Bufferyard Width

1. 2.
  Between Building Types. Bufferyards may be required between differing building types in accordance with Table 10-2-4.2.1, Building Type Bufferyard Requirements.

Table 10-2-4.2.1 Building Type Bufferyard Requirements
District	SFD, SFA	MP, TH	LW, MU, APT	COM, OFF, INS, PS
SFD, SFA	--	--	R	R
MP, TH,	--	--	--	R
LW, MU, APT	R	--	--	--
COM, OFF, INS, PS	R	R	--	--
Table Notes: SFD = Single-family detached; SFA = Single-family attached/Duplex; MP = Multiplex; TH = Townhouse; APT = Apartment; LW = Live-Work; MU = Mixed-Use; COM = Commercial; OFF = Office; INS = Institutional; PS = Parking Structure R = Bufferyard required

Table 10-2-4.2.1 Building Type Bufferyard Requirements
District	SFD, SFA	MP, TH	LW, MU, APT	COM, OFF, INS, PS
SFD, SFA	--	--	R	R
MP, TH,	--	--	--	R
LW, MU, APT	R	--	--	--
COM, OFF, INS, PS	R	R	--	--
Table Notes: SFD = Single-family detached; SFA = Single-family attached/Duplex; MP = Multiplex; TH = Townhouse; APT = Apartment; LW = Live-Work; MU = Mixed-Use; COM = Commercial; OFF = Office; INS = Institutional; PS = Parking Structure R = Bufferyard required

Table 10-2-4.2.1 Building Type Bufferyard Requirements
District	SFD, SFA	MP, TH	LW, MU, APT	COM, OFF, INS, PS
SFD, SFA	--	--	R	R
MP, TH,	--	--	--	R
LW, MU, APT	R	--	--	--
COM, OFF, INS, PS	R	R	--	--
Table Notes: SFD = Single-family detached; SFA = Single-family attached/Duplex; MP = Multiplex; TH = Townhouse; APT = Apartment; LW = Live-Work; MU = Mixed-Use; COM = Commercial; OFF = Office; INS = Institutional; PS = Parking Structure R = Bufferyard required

Table 10-2-4.2.1 Building Type Bufferyard Requirements
District	SFD, SFA	MP, TH	LW, MU, APT	COM, OFF, INS, PS
SFD, SFA	--	--	R	R
MP, TH,	--	--	--	R
LW, MU, APT	R	--	--	--
COM, OFF, INS, PS	R	R	--	--
Table Notes: SFD = Single-family detached; SFA = Single-family attached/Duplex; MP = Multiplex; TH = Townhouse; APT = Apartment; LW = Live-Work; MU = Mixed-Use; COM = Commercial; OFF = Office; INS = Institutional; PS = Parking Structure R = Bufferyard required

E.
Tree Canopy Credit. Required trees in bufferyards count toward the tree canopy coverage requirements in Section 10-2-4.1, DT Landscaping.
F.
Fence and Wall Materials. Fences and walls that are required in a bufferyard shall:
1. 1.
  Composition. Be composed of treated wood, composite material, wrought iron or natural stone, brick, or other similar quality material approved by Director; and
2. 2.
  Maintenance. Be maintained by the business or homeowner or homeowners' or property owners' association, as applicable.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Section 10-2-5.1 DT Sign Types and Standards

Applicability. The sign requirements in this Section apply to the DMS, DTA, DMU, and DNR districts.

Sign Types.

1.
Table Symbols. The symbols displayed in Table 10-2-5.1.1, Sign Types by District, include:
1. a.
  "P" means the sign type is permitted.
2. b.
  "--" means the sign type is prohibited.
2.
Cross References. The “Standards Reference” column provides a cross-reference to standards for specific sign types that do not fit within the table.
3.
Unlisted Sign Types. Sign types that are not listed in the following tables are prohibited in these districts.

Table 10-2-5.1.1 Sign Types by District
	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU	Standards Reference
Attached Signs
Arcade	P	P	P	P	--
Awning	--	P	P	P	C.7
Marquee	--	--	P¹	P¹	--
Mural	--	--	P	P	C.8
Projecting	--	P	P	P	C.9
Wall	P	P	P	P	C.10
Window	P	P	P	P	C.11
Detached Signs
Monument	P	P	--	P	--
Pole	--	P	--	P	C.12
Table Notes: 1. If a marquee sign is proposed to attach to a designated structure, then a Certificate of Appropriateness must first be obtained from the Director. Marquee signs shall be located only above the primary entry of the building.

Table 10-2-5.1.1 Sign Types by District
	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU	Standards Reference
Attached Signs
Arcade	P	P	P	P	--
Awning	--	P	P	P	C.7
Marquee	--	--	P¹	P¹	--
Mural	--	--	P	P	C.8
Projecting	--	P	P	P	C.9
Wall	P	P	P	P	C.10
Window	P	P	P	P	C.11
Detached Signs
Monument	P	P	--	P	--
Pole	--	P	--	P	C.12
Table Notes: 1. If a marquee sign is proposed to attach to a designated structure, then a Certificate of Appropriateness must first be obtained from the Director. Marquee signs shall be located only above the primary entry of the building.

Table 10-2-5.1.1 Sign Types by District
	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU	Standards Reference
Attached Signs
Arcade	P	P	P	P	--
Awning	--	P	P	P	C.7
Marquee	--	--	P¹	P¹	--
Mural	--	--	P	P	C.8
Projecting	--	P	P	P	C.9
Wall	P	P	P	P	C.10
Window	P	P	P	P	C.11
Detached Signs
Monument	P	P	--	P	--
Pole	--	P	--	P	C.12
Table Notes: 1. If a marquee sign is proposed to attach to a designated structure, then a Certificate of Appropriateness must first be obtained from the Director. Marquee signs shall be located only above the primary entry of the building.

Table 10-2-5.1.1 Sign Types by District
	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU	Standards Reference
Attached Signs
Arcade	P	P	P	P	--
Awning	--	P	P	P	C.7
Marquee	--	--	P¹	P¹	--
Mural	--	--	P	P	C.8
Projecting	--	P	P	P	C.9
Wall	P	P	P	P	C.10
Window	P	P	P	P	C.11
Detached Signs
Monument	P	P	--	P	--
Pole	--	P	--	P	C.12
Table Notes: 1. If a marquee sign is proposed to attach to a designated structure, then a Certificate of Appropriateness must first be obtained from the Director. Marquee signs shall be located only above the primary entry of the building.

1. 4.
  Attached Permanent Signs. Table 10-2-5.1.2, Attached Permanent Sign Standards, sets out which forms, sizes, and other standards of attached permanent signs are allowed by district.

Table 10-2-5.1.2 Attached Permanent Sign Standards
		DNR	DTA		DMS	DMU
Arcade Sign
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per public entrance under arcade
Maximum Area		--	--		6 sq. ft.
Minimum Clearance above Sidewalk		--	--		8 ft.
Illumination		--	--		External downlighting or halo
Changeable Copy		--	--		Not permitted
Awning Sign
Number Allowed		--	One per building façade or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building
Maximum Area		--	32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of façade width, whichever is greatest¹
Minimum Vertical Clearance/ Maximum Height Above Grade		--	8 ft./ No higher than top of ground floor
Illumination		--	External downlighting
Changeable Copy		--	Not permitted
Marquee Signs
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per building front façade
Maximum Area		--	--		32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of building front width, whichever is greatest¹
Min./ Max. Clearance Above Grade		--	--		12 ft./25 ft.
Maximum Distance from Building Façade		--	--		48 inches⁵
Illumination		--	--		Internal or halo
Changeable Copy		--	--		Permitted
Mural Sign
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per building façade
Maximum Area		--	--		32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of building front width, whichever is greatest¹
Maximum Height		--	--		Above ground floor but no higher than the roofline
Illumination		--	--		External downlighting
Changeable Copy		--	--		Not permitted
Projecting Signs
Number Allowed		--	1 per tenant per building frontage and 1 per tenant in the alley of the building, if applicable
Maximum Area		--	12 sq. ft. per face or 24 sq. ft. per sign
Min./Max. Clearance Above Grade		--	8 ft./No higher than the ground floor
Illumination		--	Internal, halo, or downlight
Changeable Copy		--	Not Permitted
Wall Signs⁴
Number Allowed	1 per tenant per building frontage
Maximum Area/Sign	32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of façade width occupied by an individual business, whichever is greatest¹
Max. Clearance Above Grade	No higher than roof or parapet line²
Maximum Projection from Wall	12 inches
Illumination	External downlighting, internal, or halo
Changeable Copy	Not Permitted
Other Standards	Wall signs professionally painted directly onto a wall are deemed mural signs
Window Signs
Number Allowed	1 per tenant per building frontage
Maximum Area	10% of combined area of all windows
Max. Clearance Above Grade	No higher than roof or parapet line
Illumination	Internal with nighttime NITs level not to exceed 500 nits
Changeable Copy	Not permitted			Permitted³
Table Notes: 1. The maximum total area per sign allowed is 100 square feet per display face, 200 square feet per sign, and 300 square feet per building frontage. 2. Buildings with flat roofs: Signs may not project above the parapet wall. Buildings with mansard roofs: Signs may not project above 50% of the height of the mansard. 3. Changeable copy shall not be by electronic means but may be manual. Refer to C.6, below. 4. See C.10, Wall Sign, within this Section for additional standards. 5. Awnings, canopies, marquees, and signs with less than 15 feet clearance above the sidewalk must meet building codes for maximum projection. "--" = Sign type is not permitted

Table 10-2-5.1.2 Attached Permanent Sign Standards
		DNR	DTA		DMS	DMU
Arcade Sign
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per public entrance under arcade
Maximum Area		--	--		6 sq. ft.
Minimum Clearance above Sidewalk		--	--		8 ft.
Illumination		--	--		External downlighting or halo
Changeable Copy		--	--		Not permitted
Awning Sign
Number Allowed		--	One per building façade or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building
Maximum Area		--	32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of façade width, whichever is greatest¹
Minimum Vertical Clearance/ Maximum Height Above Grade		--	8 ft./ No higher than top of ground floor
Illumination		--	External downlighting
Changeable Copy		--	Not permitted
Marquee Signs
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per building front façade
Maximum Area		--	--		32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of building front width, whichever is greatest¹
Min./ Max. Clearance Above Grade		--	--		12 ft./25 ft.
Maximum Distance from Building Façade		--	--		48 inches⁵
Illumination		--	--		Internal or halo
Changeable Copy		--	--		Permitted
Mural Sign
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per building façade
Maximum Area		--	--		32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of building front width, whichever is greatest¹
Maximum Height		--	--		Above ground floor but no higher than the roofline
Illumination		--	--		External downlighting
Changeable Copy		--	--		Not permitted
Projecting Signs
Number Allowed		--	1 per tenant per building frontage and 1 per tenant in the alley of the building, if applicable
Maximum Area		--	12 sq. ft. per face or 24 sq. ft. per sign
Min./Max. Clearance Above Grade		--	8 ft./No higher than the ground floor
Illumination		--	Internal, halo, or downlight
Changeable Copy		--	Not Permitted
Wall Signs⁴
Number Allowed	1 per tenant per building frontage
Maximum Area/Sign	32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of façade width occupied by an individual business, whichever is greatest¹
Max. Clearance Above Grade	No higher than roof or parapet line²
Maximum Projection from Wall	12 inches
Illumination	External downlighting, internal, or halo
Changeable Copy	Not Permitted
Other Standards	Wall signs professionally painted directly onto a wall are deemed mural signs
Window Signs
Number Allowed	1 per tenant per building frontage
Maximum Area	10% of combined area of all windows
Max. Clearance Above Grade	No higher than roof or parapet line
Illumination	Internal with nighttime NITs level not to exceed 500 nits
Changeable Copy	Not permitted			Permitted³
Table Notes: 1. The maximum total area per sign allowed is 100 square feet per display face, 200 square feet per sign, and 300 square feet per building frontage. 2. Buildings with flat roofs: Signs may not project above the parapet wall. Buildings with mansard roofs: Signs may not project above 50% of the height of the mansard. 3. Changeable copy shall not be by electronic means but may be manual. Refer to C.6, below. 4. See C.10, Wall Sign, within this Section for additional standards. 5. Awnings, canopies, marquees, and signs with less than 15 feet clearance above the sidewalk must meet building codes for maximum projection. "--" = Sign type is not permitted

Table 10-2-5.1.2 Attached Permanent Sign Standards
		DNR	DTA		DMS	DMU
Arcade Sign
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per public entrance under arcade
Maximum Area		--	--		6 sq. ft.
Minimum Clearance above Sidewalk		--	--		8 ft.
Illumination		--	--		External downlighting or halo
Changeable Copy		--	--		Not permitted
Awning Sign
Number Allowed		--	One per building façade or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building
Maximum Area		--	32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of façade width, whichever is greatest¹
Minimum Vertical Clearance/ Maximum Height Above Grade		--	8 ft./ No higher than top of ground floor
Illumination		--	External downlighting
Changeable Copy		--	Not permitted
Marquee Signs
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per building front façade
Maximum Area		--	--		32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of building front width, whichever is greatest¹
Min./ Max. Clearance Above Grade		--	--		12 ft./25 ft.
Maximum Distance from Building Façade		--	--		48 inches⁵
Illumination		--	--		Internal or halo
Changeable Copy		--	--		Permitted
Mural Sign
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per building façade
Maximum Area		--	--		32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of building front width, whichever is greatest¹
Maximum Height		--	--		Above ground floor but no higher than the roofline
Illumination		--	--		External downlighting
Changeable Copy		--	--		Not permitted
Projecting Signs
Number Allowed		--	1 per tenant per building frontage and 1 per tenant in the alley of the building, if applicable
Maximum Area		--	12 sq. ft. per face or 24 sq. ft. per sign
Min./Max. Clearance Above Grade		--	8 ft./No higher than the ground floor
Illumination		--	Internal, halo, or downlight
Changeable Copy		--	Not Permitted
Wall Signs⁴
Number Allowed	1 per tenant per building frontage
Maximum Area/Sign	32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of façade width occupied by an individual business, whichever is greatest¹
Max. Clearance Above Grade	No higher than roof or parapet line²
Maximum Projection from Wall	12 inches
Illumination	External downlighting, internal, or halo
Changeable Copy	Not Permitted
Other Standards	Wall signs professionally painted directly onto a wall are deemed mural signs
Window Signs
Number Allowed	1 per tenant per building frontage
Maximum Area	10% of combined area of all windows
Max. Clearance Above Grade	No higher than roof or parapet line
Illumination	Internal with nighttime NITs level not to exceed 500 nits
Changeable Copy	Not permitted			Permitted³
Table Notes: 1. The maximum total area per sign allowed is 100 square feet per display face, 200 square feet per sign, and 300 square feet per building frontage. 2. Buildings with flat roofs: Signs may not project above the parapet wall. Buildings with mansard roofs: Signs may not project above 50% of the height of the mansard. 3. Changeable copy shall not be by electronic means but may be manual. Refer to C.6, below. 4. See C.10, Wall Sign, within this Section for additional standards. 5. Awnings, canopies, marquees, and signs with less than 15 feet clearance above the sidewalk must meet building codes for maximum projection. "--" = Sign type is not permitted

Table 10-2-5.1.2 Attached Permanent Sign Standards
		DNR	DTA		DMS	DMU
Arcade Sign
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per public entrance under arcade
Maximum Area		--	--		6 sq. ft.
Minimum Clearance above Sidewalk		--	--		8 ft.
Illumination		--	--		External downlighting or halo
Changeable Copy		--	--		Not permitted
Awning Sign
Number Allowed		--	One per building façade or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building
Maximum Area		--	32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of façade width, whichever is greatest¹
Minimum Vertical Clearance/ Maximum Height Above Grade		--	8 ft./ No higher than top of ground floor
Illumination		--	External downlighting
Changeable Copy		--	Not permitted
Marquee Signs
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per building front façade
Maximum Area		--	--		32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of building front width, whichever is greatest¹
Min./ Max. Clearance Above Grade		--	--		12 ft./25 ft.
Maximum Distance from Building Façade		--	--		48 inches⁵
Illumination		--	--		Internal or halo
Changeable Copy		--	--		Permitted
Mural Sign
Number Allowed		--	--		1 per building façade
Maximum Area		--	--		32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear foot of building front width, whichever is greatest¹
Maximum Height		--	--		Above ground floor but no higher than the roofline
Illumination		--	--		External downlighting
Changeable Copy		--	--		Not permitted
Projecting Signs
Number Allowed		--	1 per tenant per building frontage and 1 per tenant in the alley of the building, if applicable
Maximum Area		--	12 sq. ft. per face or 24 sq. ft. per sign
Min./Max. Clearance Above Grade		--	8 ft./No higher than the ground floor
Illumination		--	Internal, halo, or downlight
Changeable Copy		--	Not Permitted
Wall Signs⁴
Number Allowed	1 per tenant per building frontage
Maximum Area/Sign	32 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of façade width occupied by an individual business, whichever is greatest¹
Max. Clearance Above Grade	No higher than roof or parapet line²
Maximum Projection from Wall	12 inches
Illumination	External downlighting, internal, or halo
Changeable Copy	Not Permitted
Other Standards	Wall signs professionally painted directly onto a wall are deemed mural signs
Window Signs
Number Allowed	1 per tenant per building frontage
Maximum Area	10% of combined area of all windows
Max. Clearance Above Grade	No higher than roof or parapet line
Illumination	Internal with nighttime NITs level not to exceed 500 nits
Changeable Copy	Not permitted			Permitted³
Table Notes: 1. The maximum total area per sign allowed is 100 square feet per display face, 200 square feet per sign, and 300 square feet per building frontage. 2. Buildings with flat roofs: Signs may not project above the parapet wall. Buildings with mansard roofs: Signs may not project above 50% of the height of the mansard. 3. Changeable copy shall not be by electronic means but may be manual. Refer to C.6, below. 4. See C.10, Wall Sign, within this Section for additional standards. 5. Awnings, canopies, marquees, and signs with less than 15 feet clearance above the sidewalk must meet building codes for maximum projection. "--" = Sign type is not permitted

1. 5.
  Detached Permanent Signs. Table 10-2-5.1.3, Detached Permanent Sign Standards, sets out which types, sizes, and other characteristics of detached permanent signs are allowed per use and by district and subject to the following standards:
  1. a.
    Detached signs shall comply with sight triangles as established in Section 10-1-2.4, Measurements and Allowances.
  2. b.
    Detached signs shall have no more than one, two-sided sign face or backing panel, except in the Downtown Neighborhood Residential (DNR) district, where they shall have no more than one single-sided face or panel.

Table 10-2-5.1.3 Detached Permanent Sign Standards
	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Monument Sign
Number Allowed	1 per street frontage		1 per street frontage if 151 or less linear feet of street frontage; 2 per street frontage if greater than 151 linear feet of street frontage
Maximum Area	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹
Maximum Height Above Grade	5 ft.		8 ft.
Illumination	Internally lit, Halo lit, or Externally downlit
Changeable Copy	Not permitted	Permitted²
Pole Sign
Number Allowed	--	1 per street frontage	--	1 per street frontage
Maximum Area	--	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹	--	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹
Maximum Height Above Grade	--	15 ft.	--	15 ft.
Illumination	--	Halo	--	Halo
Changeable Copy	--	Not permitted	--	Not permitted
Table Notes: 1. The maximum total area per sign allowed is 80 square feet per display face and 160 square feet per sign. 2. Changeable copy shall not be by electronic means but may be manual. Refer to C.6. below. "--" = The sign type is not permitted.

Table 10-2-5.1.3 Detached Permanent Sign Standards
	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Monument Sign
Number Allowed	1 per street frontage		1 per street frontage if 151 or less linear feet of street frontage; 2 per street frontage if greater than 151 linear feet of street frontage
Maximum Area	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹
Maximum Height Above Grade	5 ft.		8 ft.
Illumination	Internally lit, Halo lit, or Externally downlit
Changeable Copy	Not permitted	Permitted²
Pole Sign
Number Allowed	--	1 per street frontage	--	1 per street frontage
Maximum Area	--	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹	--	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹
Maximum Height Above Grade	--	15 ft.	--	15 ft.
Illumination	--	Halo	--	Halo
Changeable Copy	--	Not permitted	--	Not permitted
Table Notes: 1. The maximum total area per sign allowed is 80 square feet per display face and 160 square feet per sign. 2. Changeable copy shall not be by electronic means but may be manual. Refer to C.6. below. "--" = The sign type is not permitted.

Table 10-2-5.1.3 Detached Permanent Sign Standards
	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Monument Sign
Number Allowed	1 per street frontage		1 per street frontage if 151 or less linear feet of street frontage; 2 per street frontage if greater than 151 linear feet of street frontage
Maximum Area	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹
Maximum Height Above Grade	5 ft.		8 ft.
Illumination	Internally lit, Halo lit, or Externally downlit
Changeable Copy	Not permitted	Permitted²
Pole Sign
Number Allowed	--	1 per street frontage	--	1 per street frontage
Maximum Area	--	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹	--	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹
Maximum Height Above Grade	--	15 ft.	--	15 ft.
Illumination	--	Halo	--	Halo
Changeable Copy	--	Not permitted	--	Not permitted
Table Notes: 1. The maximum total area per sign allowed is 80 square feet per display face and 160 square feet per sign. 2. Changeable copy shall not be by electronic means but may be manual. Refer to C.6. below. "--" = The sign type is not permitted.

Table 10-2-5.1.3 Detached Permanent Sign Standards
	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Monument Sign
Number Allowed	1 per street frontage		1 per street frontage if 151 or less linear feet of street frontage; 2 per street frontage if greater than 151 linear feet of street frontage
Maximum Area	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹
Maximum Height Above Grade	5 ft.		8 ft.
Illumination	Internally lit, Halo lit, or Externally downlit
Changeable Copy	Not permitted	Permitted²
Pole Sign
Number Allowed	--	1 per street frontage	--	1 per street frontage
Maximum Area	--	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹	--	40 sq. ft. or 1 sq. ft. of sign area for each 1.5 linear feet of building frontage width, whichever is greater¹
Maximum Height Above Grade	--	15 ft.	--	15 ft.
Illumination	--	Halo	--	Halo
Changeable Copy	--	Not permitted	--	Not permitted
Table Notes: 1. The maximum total area per sign allowed is 80 square feet per display face and 160 square feet per sign. 2. Changeable copy shall not be by electronic means but may be manual. Refer to C.6. below. "--" = The sign type is not permitted.

C.
General Requirements.
1. 1.
  All Signs. All signs in the DMS, DTA, DMU, and DNR districts shall be subject to the following standards:
  1. a.
    Materials for signs shall complement the color, material, and overall character of the architecture;
  2. b.
    Signs shall be constructed of high-quality durable materials that are suitable for exterior use;
  3. c.
    All materials shall be finished to withstand corrosion;
  4. d.
    All conduits, transformers, and other equipment shall be concealed and shall have UL ratings;
  5. e.
    Hand-painted signs shall only be allowed if painted by a sign contractor;
  6. f.
    Cabinet signs are not permitted; and
  7. g.
    Internally illuminated signs shall be halo lit or composed of channel letters only.
2. 2.
  Above Ground-Floor Signs. Only the following sign types and characteristics are permitted above the ground floor of a building:
  1. a.
    Painted, externally down-lit, or internally lit wall signs;
  2. b.
    Mural signs;
  3. c.
    One unlit window sign per business; and
  4. d.
    The extension of a ground-floor projecting sign.
3. 3.
  Sign Combination Options. In an effort to limit the variety of sign types used on a single building or site, the following sign combinations may be utilized, depending on the permitted sign types in a given district based on Table 10-2-5.1.1, Sign Types by District:
  1. a.
    Option 1. A maximum of one attached sign per tenant per building frontage with window signs limited to 10 percent of the combined area of all windows, and one monument sign per building frontage;
  2. b.
    Option 2. A maximum of one attached sign per tenant per building frontage with window signs limited to 10 percent of the combined area of all windows, one awning sign per building frontage, and one projecting sign per tenant per building frontage; or
  3. c.
    Option 3. A maximum of one attached sign per tenant per building frontage with window signs limited to 20 percent of the combined area of all windows, and one projecting sign per tenant per building frontage if located or designed so as not to visually conflict with the wall sign.
4. 4.
  Mixed-Use Buildings. Signs shall not be located within the residential portion of the façade of any mixed-use building.
5. 5.
  Sign Illumination Standards.
  1. a.
    Table 10-2-5.1.2, Attached Permanent Sign Standards, and Table 10-2-5.1.3, Detached Permanent Sign Standards, provide information as to the types of illumination permitted for each sign type and in each character area.
  2. b.
    Light sources that illuminate signs shall not cause glare that is hazardous or distracting to pedestrians, vehicle drivers, or adjacent properties.
  3. c.
    Signs with external downlighting shall have light sources concealed by opaque covers.
  4. d.
    Light sources for halo-lit signs shall be fully concealed from view.
  5. e.
    Light sources shall be steady, stationary, shielded, and directed solely at the sign.
  6. f.
    The light source shall be static in color. Animation or flashing lights are prohibited.
  7. g.
    Exposed neon shall not be used as a light source for signs in the DNR and DMU districts but can include items that resemble neon such as flexible LED tubing.
  8. h.
    Exposed neon may be used as a light source in the DMS and DTA districts provided it is confined to the lighting of channel signs and halo-lit signs.
  9. i.
    Illuminated signs within the DNR district shall shut off between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. The sign shall include an automatic shut-off mechanism to ensure that the signs are not illuminated during such time period.
6. 6.
  Manual Changeable Copy.
  1. a.
    Changeable copy shall not be by electronic means but may be manual.
  2. b.
    Changeable copy signs shall not be internally illuminated unless:
    1.
    They use opaque inserts with translucent letters, numbers, or symbols;
    2.
    Blank or dark opaque inserts that are the same color as the opaque portions of the letters, numbers, and symbols are used over all areas of the sign where copy is not present; and
    3.
    The opaque portion of the letters, numbers, and symbols is the same color.
  3. c.
    Lettering of changeable copy signs shall be of a single style and shall be of uniform color and size.
  4. d.
    The changeable copy area may comprise up to 50 percent of the sign area of a detached sign or up to 12 square feet of an awning sign. The remainder of the sign area shall use permanently affixed letters or symbols.
  5. e.
    The changeable copy area shall be an integral element of a detached sign with all sides finished with brick, stone, powder-coated (or comparably finished) metal, or the surface of the sign face.
  6. f.
    The enclosure shall extend at least three inches from the changeable copy area in all directions.
7. 7.
  Awning Signs.
  1. a.
    Backlit awnings with or without signs are prohibited. Shielded downlights within an awning that lights only the paving under the awning are permitted.
  2. b.
    Awning signs are prohibited above the ground floor.
  3. c.
    Awning signs shall be located on the awning valance that faces the street, not on a valance that is generally perpendicular to the street.
  4. d.
    If side panels are provided, such panels shall not carry signs greater in area than 20 percent of the area of the awning sign panel.
  5. e.
    Text on awning valances shall not be greater than 12 inches high.
8. 8.
  Mural Signs.
  1. a.
    Mural signs shall not be painted over architectural features such as windows, cornices, belt courses, or other details.
  2. b.
    Mural signs located on the side wall of a building that faces and is adjacent to a residential building shall not be lighted above the ground floor.
9. 9.
  Projecting Signs.
  1. a.
    Projecting signs shall be located above or below awnings, but not in line with awnings.
  2. b.
    Projecting signs may extend a maximum of five feet from the face of the building.
  3. c.
    Projecting signs may not extend into any portion of the street right-of-way without approval of encroachment into public right-of-way.
  4. d.
    Projecting signs shall be attached at right angles to the supporting structure in a manner consistent with the Building Code.
  5. e.
    Projecting signs shall be the only sign type permitted in conjunction with a paseo open space building type, as established in Table 10-2-4.1.1, Public Open Space Standards.
10. 10.
  Wall Signs.
  1. a.
    Wall and projecting signs may be used together with the wall sign generally higher than the projecting sign.
  2. b.
    Wall signs shall not overlap or conflict with architectural features such as windows, cornices, belt courses, or other details.
  3. c.
    Wall signs located on the side wall of a building that faces and is adjacent to a residential building shall not be lighted above the ground floor.
  4. d.
    Wall signs shall be composed of individually mounted letters or symbols that are a minimum of one inch thick or, for halo signs, are pinned off one inch from the wall or sign backing.
11. 11.
  Window Signs.
  1. a.
    Window signs shall be located in the lower or upper 25 percent of the window area.
  2. b.
    Window signs on glazing shall be either silk-screened, back-painted, metal-leafed, or sand-blasted onto the glass. Vinyl letters or other types of applications are prohibited.
12. 12.
  Pole Signs. Pole signs shall require pole covers. The pole cover shall be a minimum of 25 percent of the width of the sign. The combined width of pole covers for each leg of double pole signs shall be a minimum of 40 percent of the width of the sign.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

J

Dwelling, Single-Family Detached Building Type.

1.
Generally. This Subsection provides design standards for the Single-Family Detached Dwelling building type. The illustration of a Single-Family Detached Dwelling building type identifies common design features. Next is a description of the building type followed by tables providing the design standards.
2.
Description. This building type is a small-scale, freestanding form that is one to two and one half stories in height. The primary entrance is defined by a porch, stoop, or recessed entry. Most have a pitched roof unless the building is art-deco or contemporary in style. High quality, natural, and durable materials are features of this building type. Figure 10-2-3.2.1, Single-Family Detached Building Type, illustrates this building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.1

Single-Family Detached Building Type

Primary entrance is oriented to the street and often defined by a porch.

Some portion of the roof is pitched

Walkway leads to the primary entrance from the public way.

Autos access the property either from the alley or the street (where permitted)

Figure 10-2-3.2.1

Single-Family Detached Building Type

Primary entrance is oriented to the street and often defined by a porch.

Some portion of the roof is pitched

Walkway leads to the primary entrance from the public way.

Autos access the property either from the alley or the street (where permitted)

Figure 10-2-3.2.1

Single-Family Detached Building Type

Primary entrance is oriented to the street and often defined by a porch.

Some portion of the roof is pitched

Walkway leads to the primary entrance from the public way.

Autos access the property either from the alley or the street (where permitted)

Figure 10-2-3.2.1

Single-Family Detached Building Type

Primary entrance is oriented to the street and often defined by a porch.

Some portion of the roof is pitched

Walkway leads to the primary entrance from the public way.

Autos access the property either from the alley or the street (where permitted)

THE SAMPLE IMAGES BELOW ARE SHOWN ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES AND ARE NOT MEANT TO PRESCRIBE THAT THESE FORMS MUST BE USED.

3.
Building Type Dimensional Standards. Figure 10-2-3.2.2, Single-Family Detached Building Type, and Table 10-2-3.2.2, Single-Family Detached Building Type Standards, establish the dimensional standards and how they apply to the Single-Family Detached Dwelling building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.2 Single-Family Detached Building Type (see Table 10-2-3.2.2, below)

Building Placement and Building Coverage	Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks

Building Activation	Building Form and Orientation

Table 10-2-3.2.2 Single-Family Detached Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.2 above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	10’ / 20’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	65%	65%	N/A	70%
G	Public or Private Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	35%	35%	N/A	30%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30’	N/A	2.5 / 30’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade width before articulation	30’	30'	N/A	30’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) percentage of building in plan view	50%	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.2 Single-Family Detached Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.2 above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	10’ / 20’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	65%	65%	N/A	70%
G	Public or Private Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	35%	35%	N/A	30%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30’	N/A	2.5 / 30’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade width before articulation	30’	30'	N/A	30’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) percentage of building in plan view	50%	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.2 Single-Family Detached Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.2 above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	10’ / 20’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	65%	65%	N/A	70%
G	Public or Private Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	35%	35%	N/A	30%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30’	N/A	2.5 / 30’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade width before articulation	30’	30'	N/A	30’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) percentage of building in plan view	50%	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.2 Single-Family Detached Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.2 above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	10’ / 20’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	65%	65%	N/A	70%
G	Public or Private Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	35%	35%	N/A	30%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30’	N/A	2.5 / 30’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade width before articulation	30’	30'	N/A	30’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) percentage of building in plan view	50%	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

4.
Additional Single-Family Detached Dwelling Building Type Standards.
1. 1.
  Front Height Limit in the BTZ. Note that a one-story porch or one-story wing in front would meet the requirement.
2. 2.
  Roof Form. The percentage of sloped roof requirement is measured as a percentage of the building footprint in plan view. For roof slope (pitch) requirements, see the roof form provisions in Table 10-2-3.2.2 above.
3. 3.
  Front Porch Width. Where a front porch is incorporated, it shall be a minimum of 40% of the width of the façade.

Effective on: 1/1/1901

K

Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type.

1.
Generally. This Subsection provides design standards for the Single-Family Attached / Duplex building type. The illustration of a Single-Family Attached / Duplex building type identifies common design features. Next is a description of the building type followed by tables providing the design standards.
2.
Description. This building type is a small-scale, freestanding structure. It is one to two and one-half stories in height. The primary entrance is defined by a porch, stoop, or recessed entry. An attached garage with a pitched roof may be present on the front elevation in some contexts but is subordinate to the principal building. Figure 10-2-3.2.3, Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type, illustrates this building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.3

Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type

Primary entrance is oriented to the street and may be defined by a porch.

Parking is subordinate to the
primary building.

Walkway leads to the primary entrance from the public way.

THE SAMPLE IMAGES BELOW ARE SHOWN ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES AND ARE NOT MEANT TO PRESCRIBE THAT THESE FORMS MUST BE USED.

3.
Building Type Dimensional Standards. Figure 10-2-3.2.4, Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type, and Table 10-2-3.2.3, Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type Standards, establish the dimensional standards and how they apply to the Single-Family Attached Dwelling / Duplex building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.4 Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type (see Table 10-2-3.2.3, below)

Building Placement and Building Coverage	Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks

Building Activation	Building Form and Orientation

Table 10-2-3.2.3 Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.4, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	60%	60%	N/A	60%
G	Public or Private Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	30%	30%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	1	N/A	N/A
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30’	N/A	2.5 / 30’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	30’	30’	N/A	30’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) percentage of topmost floor	50%	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.3 Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.4, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	60%	60%	N/A	60%
G	Public or Private Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	30%	30%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	1	N/A	N/A
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30’	N/A	2.5 / 30’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	30’	30’	N/A	30’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) percentage of topmost floor	50%	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.3 Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.4, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	60%	60%	N/A	60%
G	Public or Private Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	30%	30%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	1	N/A	N/A
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30’	N/A	2.5 / 30’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	30’	30’	N/A	30’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) percentage of topmost floor	50%	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.3 Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.4, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	60%	60%	N/A	60%
G	Public or Private Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	30%	30%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	1	N/A	N/A
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30’	N/A	2.5 / 30’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	30’	30’	N/A	30’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) percentage of topmost floor	50%	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

4.
Additional Single-Family Attached / Duplex Building Type Standards.
1. a.
  Front Height Limit. A one-story porch or one-story wing in front is required.
2. b.
  Roof Form. The percentage of sloped roof requirement is measured as a percentage of the building footprint in plan view. For roof slope (pitch) requirements, see the roof form provisions in Table 10-2-3.2.3, above.
3. c.
  Front Porch Width. Where a front porch is incorporated, it shall be a minimum of 40% of the width of the façade.

Effective on: 1/1/1901

L

Multiplex Building Type.

1.
Generally. This Subsection provides design standards for the Multiplex building type. The illustration of this building type identifies common design features. Next is a description of the building type followed by tables providing the design standards.
2.
Description. This building type contains up to residential units. This type reflects traditional residential structures in form but is somewhat larger in scale. It is freestanding, and one to two and one half stories in height in different contexts. Details include principal entrances in one or more locations. Each is defined by a porch, stoop, or recessed entry. A Multiplex building generally includes a pitched roof. Figure 10-2-3.2.5, Multiplex Building Type, illustrates the multiplex building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.5

Multiplex Building Type

Primary entrance is oriented to the street and may be
defined by a porch.

Pitched roof relates to traditional single-family buildings.

Walkway leads to the primary entrance from the public way.

THE SAMPLE IMAGES BELOW ARE SHOWN ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES AND ARE NOT MEANT TO PRESCRIBE THAT THESE FORMS MUST BE USED.

1. 3.
  Building Type Dimensional Standards. Figure 10-2-3.2.6, Multiplex Building Type, and Table 10-2-3.2.4, Multiplex Building Type Standards, establish the dimensional standards and how they apply to the Multiplex building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.6 Multiplex Building Type (see Table 10-2-3.2.4, below)

Building Placement and Building Coverage	Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks

Building Activation	Building Form and Orientation

Table 10-2-3.2.4 Multiplex Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.6, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	70%	70%	N/A	70%
G	Public Amenity / Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	25%	25%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30'	N/A	2.5 / 30'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	15’	15’	N/A	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum wall length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	2	1	N/A	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	2	1	N/A	2
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	30%	30%	N/A	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	20%	20%	N/A	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as percentage of building in plan view if not an art-deco or contemporary architectural style	50%	50%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation requirement	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.4 Multiplex Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.6, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	70%	70%	N/A	70%
G	Public Amenity / Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	25%	25%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30'	N/A	2.5 / 30'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	15’	15’	N/A	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum wall length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	2	1	N/A	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	2	1	N/A	2
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	30%	30%	N/A	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	20%	20%	N/A	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as percentage of building in plan view if not an art-deco or contemporary architectural style	50%	50%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation requirement	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.4 Multiplex Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.6, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	70%	70%	N/A	70%
G	Public Amenity / Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	25%	25%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30'	N/A	2.5 / 30'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	15’	15’	N/A	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum wall length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	2	1	N/A	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	2	1	N/A	2
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	30%	30%	N/A	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	20%	20%	N/A	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as percentage of building in plan view if not an art-deco or contemporary architectural style	50%	50%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation requirement	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.4 Multiplex Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.6, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	70%	70%	N/A	70%
G	Public Amenity / Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	25%	25%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30’	2.5 / 30'	N/A	2.5 / 30'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	15’	15’	N/A	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum wall length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	2	1	N/A	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	2	1	N/A	2
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	30%	30%	N/A	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	20%	20%	N/A	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as percentage of building in plan view if not an art-deco or contemporary architectural style	50%	50%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation requirement	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

4.
Additional Multiplex Building Type Standards.
1. a.
  Roof Form. The percentage of sloped roof requirement is measured as a percentage of the building footprint in plan view. For roof slope (pitch) requirements, see the roof form provisions in Table 10-2-3.2.4 above.
2. b.
  Front Porch Width. Where a front porch is incorporated, it shall be a minimum of 40% of the width of the façade.

(There are no ordinances associated with this section.)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

M

Townhouse Building Type.

1.
Generally. This Subsection provides design standards for the Townhouse building type. The illustration of a Townhouse building type identifies common design features. Next is a description of the building type followed by tables providing the design standards.
2.
Description. This building type accommodates three to eight single-family units which are attached to one another and are oriented to the street. They are to be compatible in mass and scale with nearby residential structures of a lower scale. A Townhouse is one to three stories in height. The façade is designed to express each individual unit. Each unit has a principal entrance on the ground floor defined by a porch, stoop, or recessed entry. End units have window openings on three sides, while interior units have window openings only in the front and back. Parking is located in the rear. Figure 10-2-3.2.7, Townhouse Building Type, illustrates this building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.7

Townhouse Building Type

Walkway leads to the primary entrance from the public way

Articulation techniques provide variety in scale and add visual interest

A primary entrance may be defined by a covered porch, stoop, or covered entry.

THE SAMPLE IMAGES BELOW ARE SHOWN ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES AND ARE NOT MEANT TO PRESCRIBE THAT THESE FORMS MUST BE USED.

3.
Building Type Dimensional Standards. Figure 10-2-3.2.8, Townhouse Building Type, and Table 10-2-3.2.5, Townhouse Building Type Standards, establish the dimensional standards and how they apply to the Townhouse building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.8 Townhouse Building Type (see Table 10-2-3.2.5, below)

Building Placement and Building Coverage	Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks

Building Activation	Building Form and Orientation

Table 10-2-3.2.5 Townhouse Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.8 above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	70%	70%	N/A	70%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	25%	25%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30'	3 / 45’	N/A	3 / 45’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	2	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	125’	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	15’	15’	N/A	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	30%	30%	N/A	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	20%	20%	N/A	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) percentage of topmost floor	25%	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.5 Townhouse Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.8 above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	70%	70%	N/A	70%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	25%	25%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30'	3 / 45’	N/A	3 / 45’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	2	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	125’	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	15’	15’	N/A	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	30%	30%	N/A	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	20%	20%	N/A	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) percentage of topmost floor	25%	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.5 Townhouse Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.8 above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	70%	70%	N/A	70%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	25%	25%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30'	3 / 45’	N/A	3 / 45’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	2	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	125’	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	15’	15’	N/A	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	30%	30%	N/A	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	20%	20%	N/A	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) percentage of topmost floor	25%	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Table 10-2-3.2.5 Townhouse Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.8 above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	85% / 60%	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min.)	10’	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	5’	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	20' / 20’	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	70%	70%	N/A	70%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	25%	25%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within BTZ	1	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	2.5 / 30'	3 / 45’	N/A	3 / 45’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	2	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	10'	10'	N/A	10'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	125’	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	15’	15’	N/A	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	25’	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	1	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	30%	30%	N/A	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	20%	20%	N/A	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) percentage of topmost floor	25%	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	Directly facing the street	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

4.
Additional Townhouse Building Type Standards.
1. a.
  Roof Form. The percentage of sloped roof requirement is measured as a percentage of the building footprint in plan view. For roof slope (pitch) requirements, see the roof form provisions in Table 10-2-3.2.5 above.
2. b.
  Front Porch Width. Where a front porch is incorporated, it shall be a minimum of 40% of the width of the façade.

Effective on: 1/1/1901

N

Apartment Building Type.

1.
Generally. This Subsection provides design standards for the Apartment building type. The illustration of an Apartment building type identifies common design features. Next is a description of the building type followed by tables providing the design standards.
2.
Description. This building type includes multiple floors of residential units. The design is intended to be compatible in mass and scale with the pedestrian orientation of Downtown. Apartment buildings commonly have one entrance on the street which accesses multiple dwelling units internally. A sense of scale is accomplished with variation in height and massing. It has a pedestrian-friendly façade achieved by incorporating high-quality ground floor design elements, such as transparency and clearly defined entrances. Parking is accommodated in structured or tuck-under formats. Figure 10-2-3.2.9, Apartment Building Type, illustrates this building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.9

Apartment Building Type

Primary entrance orients to the street or a shared open space.

Variation in massing and wall articulation provides visual interest and reduces perceived mass.

Windows provide a sense of connection to the public way.

THE SAMPLE IMAGES BELOW ARE SHOWN ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES AND ARE NOT MEANT TO PRESCRIBE THAT THESE FORMS MUST BE USED.

3.
Building Type Dimensional Standards. Figure 10-2-3.2.10, Apartment Building Type, and Table 10-2-3.2.6, Apartment Building Type Standards, establish the dimensional standards and how they apply to the Apartment building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.10 Apartment Building Type (see Table 10-2-3.2.6, below)

Building Placement and Building Coverage	Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks

Building Activation	Building Form and Orientation

Table 10-2-3.2.6 Apartment Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.10, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 30’	N/A	5’ / 20’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min.)	N/A	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	65%	N/A	75%
G	Public Amenity / Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	35%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	N/A	4 / 55'’*
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	14’	N/A	14’
*A maximum of four stories is permitted in the DMU character area that lies between Church Avenue and Alamo Avenue (but not abutting Alamo), and north of Berry Avenue, except in the white hatched area of the Character Map, where the maximum height is three stories / 45’.
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	N/A	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	N/A	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	40%	N/A	40%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	N/A	30%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as a percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	N/A
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	N/A	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.6 Apartment Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.10, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 30’	N/A	5’ / 20’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min.)	N/A	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	65%	N/A	75%
G	Public Amenity / Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	35%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	N/A	4 / 55'’*
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	14’	N/A	14’
*A maximum of four stories is permitted in the DMU character area that lies between Church Avenue and Alamo Avenue (but not abutting Alamo), and north of Berry Avenue, except in the white hatched area of the Character Map, where the maximum height is three stories / 45’.
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	N/A	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	N/A	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	40%	N/A	40%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	N/A	30%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as a percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	N/A
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	N/A	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.6 Apartment Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.10, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 30’	N/A	5’ / 20’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min.)	N/A	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	65%	N/A	75%
G	Public Amenity / Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	35%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	N/A	4 / 55'’*
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	14’	N/A	14’
*A maximum of four stories is permitted in the DMU character area that lies between Church Avenue and Alamo Avenue (but not abutting Alamo), and north of Berry Avenue, except in the white hatched area of the Character Map, where the maximum height is three stories / 45’.
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	N/A	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	N/A	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	40%	N/A	40%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	N/A	30%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as a percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	N/A
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	N/A	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.6 Apartment Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.10, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 30’	N/A	5’ / 20’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	85% / 60%	N/A	85% / 60%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min.)	N/A	10’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	5’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	15' / 20’	N/A	10' / 20’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	65%	N/A	75%
G	Public Amenity / Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	35%	N/A	25%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	N/A	4 / 55'’*
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	14’	N/A	14’
*A maximum of four stories is permitted in the DMU character area that lies between Church Avenue and Alamo Avenue (but not abutting Alamo), and north of Berry Avenue, except in the white hatched area of the Character Map, where the maximum height is three stories / 45’.
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	N/A	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	N/A	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	40%	N/A	40%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	N/A	30%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as a percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	N/A
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	N/A	50’

1. 4.
  Additional Apartment Building Type Standards.
  a.
  Roof form: The percentage of sloped roof requirement is measured as a percentage of the building footprint in plan view. For roof slope (pitch) requirements, see the roof form provisions in Table 10-2-3.2.6 above.

Effective on: 1/1/1901

O

Live-Work Building Type.

1.
Generally. This Subsection provides design standards for the Live-Work building type. The illustration of a Live-Work building type identifies common design features. Next is a description of the building type followed by tables providing design standards.
2.
Description. This building type combines commercial uses with residential units in one structure. Those uses may be separated vertically or horizontally. Commercial uses include, but are not limited to, art studios, small offices, and technology support services. The design includes varied massing and articulation techniques to maintain human scale and a pedestrian-friendly façade. Windows facing the street enhance the pedestrian environment. Figure 10-2-3.2.11, Live-Work Building Type, illustrates the Live-Work building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.11

Live-Work Building Type

An easily identifiable
entrance to the building.

Step back of the upper floor reduces perceived mass.

Transparency at the ground level engages the public way.

THE SAMPLE IMAGES BELOW ARE SHOWN ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES AND ARE NOT MEANT TO PRESCRIBE THAT THESE FORMS MUST BE USED.

3.
Building Type Dimensional Standards. Figure 10-2-3.2.12, Live-Work Building Type, and Table 10-2-3.2.7, Live-Work Building Type Standards, establish the dimensional standards and how they apply to the Live-Work building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.12 Live-Work Building Type (see Table 10-2-3.2.7, below)

Building Placement and Building Coverage	Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks

Building Activation	Building Form and Orientation

Table 10-2-3.2.7 Live-Work Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.12, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	5’ / 10’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	N/A	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	10’ / 20'	N/A	0’ ' 20'
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	70%	N/A	80%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	30%	N/A	20%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	N/A	3 / 45’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	14’	N/A	14’
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	N/A	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	50%	N/A	50%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	N/A	30%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	N/A	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.7 Live-Work Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.12, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	5’ / 10’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	N/A	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	10’ / 20'	N/A	0’ ' 20'
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	70%	N/A	80%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	30%	N/A	20%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	N/A	3 / 45’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	14’	N/A	14’
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	N/A	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	50%	N/A	50%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	N/A	30%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	N/A	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.7 Live-Work Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.12, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	5’ / 10’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	N/A	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	10’ / 20'	N/A	0’ ' 20'
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	70%	N/A	80%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	30%	N/A	20%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	N/A	3 / 45’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	14’	N/A	14’
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	N/A	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	50%	N/A	50%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	N/A	30%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	N/A	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.7 Live-Work Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.12, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	5’ / 10’	N/A	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	N/A	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	N/A	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	N/A	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	10’ / 20'	N/A	0’ ' 20'
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	70%	N/A	80%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	30%	N/A	20%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	N/A	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	N/A	3 / 45’
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	N/A	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	14’	N/A	14’
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	125’	N/A	125’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	N/A	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	N/A	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	N/A	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	50%	N/A	50%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	N/A	30%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	50%	N/A	50%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	N/A	50’

4.
Additional Live-Work Building Type Standards.
1. a.
  Roof Form. The percentage of sloped roof requirement is measured as a percentage of the building footprint in plan view. For roof slope (pitch) requirements, see the roof form provisions in Table 10-2-3.2.7 above.
2. b.
  Paseo Open Space Type. Live-Work and Mixed-Use buildings are permitted in conjunction with a paseo open space type, as established in Table 10-2-4.1.1, Public Open Space Standards.

Effective on: 1/1/1901

P

Mixed-Use Building Type.

1.
Generally. This Subsection provides design standards for the Mixed-Use building type. The illustration of a Mixed-Use building type identifies common design features. Next is a description of the building type followed by tables providing design standards.
2.
Description. The Mixed-Use building type houses retail, office, commercial, and residential uses, and sometimes parking within a single structure. The design is intended to be compatible in mass and scale with the pedestrian orientation of downtown. This is accomplished by varying heights, highly articulated masses, and a pedestrian-friendly façade. This includes a high degree of transparency and clearly defined entrances, which are enhanced with canopies and awnings. High quality and durable materials are features of this building type. Figure 10-2-3.2.12, Mixed-Use Building Type, illustrates the Mixed-Use building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.12

Mixed-Use Building Type

An easily identifiable
entrance to the
building.

Step back of the upper floor reduces perceived mass.

Transparency at the ground level engages the public way.

THE SAMPLE IMAGES BELOW ARE SHOWN ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES AND ARE NOT MEANT TO PRESCRIBE THAT THESE FORMS MUST BE USED.

3.
Mixed-Use Building Type Dimensional Standards. Figure 10-2-3.2.13, Mixed-Use Building Type, and Table 10-2-3.2.8, Mixed-Use Building Type Standards, establish the dimensional standards and how they apply to the Mixed-Use Building Type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.13 Mixed-Use Building Type (see Table 10-2-3.2.8, below)

Building Placement and Building Coverage	Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks

Building Activation	Building Form and Orientation

Table 10-2-3.2.8 Mixed-Use Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.13, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 20’	0’ / 5’	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	80% / 80%	80% / 80%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
D	Interior Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	10' / 10’	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	4' / 55'	3 / 45’	4 / 55'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	65%	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	15'	15'	15'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	150’	150’	150’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	20’	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade width before articulation is required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	2	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	65%	70%	65%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	25%	20%	25%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	50’	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.8 Mixed-Use Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.13, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 20’	0’ / 5’	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	80% / 80%	80% / 80%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
D	Interior Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	10' / 10’	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	4' / 55'	3 / 45’	4 / 55'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	65%	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	15'	15'	15'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	150’	150’	150’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	20’	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade width before articulation is required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	2	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	65%	70%	65%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	25%	20%	25%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	50’	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.8 Mixed-Use Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.13, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 20’	0’ / 5’	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	80% / 80%	80% / 80%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
D	Interior Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	10' / 10’	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	4' / 55'	3 / 45’	4 / 55'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	65%	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	15'	15'	15'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	150’	150’	150’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	20’	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade width before articulation is required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	2	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	65%	70%	65%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	25%	20%	25%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	50’	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.8 Mixed-Use Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.13, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 20’	0’ / 5’	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	80% / 80%	80% / 80%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
D	Interior Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)¹	N/A	10' / 10’	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Public Amenity / Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
1. Garages with direct alley access shall be set back five feet or more from the alley to achieve safe auto turning template radii.
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	4' / 55'	3 / 45’	4 / 55'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	65%	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	15'	15'	15'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	150’	150’	150’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	20’	20’	20’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade width before articulation is required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	2	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques required	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	65%	70%	65%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	25%	20%	25%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	50’	50’	50’

4.
Additional Mixed-Use Building Type Standards.
1. a.
  Roof Form. The percentage of sloped roof requirement is measured as a percentage of the building footprint in plan view. For roof slope (pitch) requirements, see the roof form provisions in Table 10-2-3.2.8 above.
2. b.
  Transparency. In the DMS district, upper story windows shall be designed to reflect the traditional size and proportions of those seen on contributing buildings in the Historic District.
3. c.
  Paseo Open Space Type. Live-Work and Mixed-Use buildings are permitted in conjunction with a paseo open space type, as established in Table 10-2-4.1.1, Public Open Space Standards.

Effective on: 1/1/1901

Q

Commercial Building Type.

1.
Generally. This Subsection provides design standards for the Commercial building type. The illustration of a Commercial building type identifies common design features. Next is a description of the building type followed by tables providing design standards.
2.
Description. This building type houses commercial uses, such as retail, office, institutional, and service-oriented businesses. It occurs in a variety of sizes from a small retail store to a large grocery store. It has a pedestrian-friendly façade, which is achieved by incorporating a high degree of transparency. Entrances are clearly defined with canopies and awnings to enhance the pedestrian environment. Figure 10-2-3.2.14, Commercial Building Type, illustrates this building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.14

Commercial Building Type

Primary entrance identified by raised parapet entry type
and small plaza.

Variation in roofline provides interest and reduces perceived scale

Display windows face onto the public way

THE SAMPLE IMAGES BELOW ARE SHOWN ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES AND ARE NOT MEANT TO PRESCRIBE THAT THESE FORMS MUST BE USED.

3.
Commercial Building Type Dimensional Standards. Figure 10-2-3.2.15, Commercial Building Type, and Table 10-2-3.2.9, Commercial Building Type Standards, establish the dimensional standards and how they apply to the Commercial building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.15 Commercial Building Type (see Table 10-2-3.2.9, below)

Building Placement and Building Coverage	Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks

Building Activation	Building Form and Orientation

Table 10-2-3.2.9 Commercial Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.15, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 20’	0’ / 10’	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	90% / 90%	70% / 70%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	10’ / 10'	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	3 / 45’	3 / 45
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	15'	15'	15'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	180’	180’	180’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	15’	15’	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	3	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	40%	60%	40%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	20%	20%	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	75’	75’	75’

Table 10-2-3.2.9 Commercial Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.15, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 20’	0’ / 10’	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	90% / 90%	70% / 70%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	10’ / 10'	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	3 / 45’	3 / 45
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	15'	15'	15'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	180’	180’	180’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	15’	15’	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	3	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	40%	60%	40%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	20%	20%	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	75’	75’	75’

Table 10-2-3.2.9 Commercial Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.15, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 20’	0’ / 10’	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	90% / 90%	70% / 70%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	10’ / 10'	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	3 / 45’	3 / 45
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	15'	15'	15'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	180’	180’	180’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	15’	15’	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	3	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	40%	60%	40%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	20%	20%	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	75’	75’	75’

Table 10-2-3.2.9 Commercial Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.15, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	10’ / 20’	0’ / 10’	0’ / 10’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	70% / 70%	90% / 90%	70% / 70%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	10’ / 10'	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	3 / 45’	3 / 45
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	15'	15'	15'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	180’	180’	180’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	15’	15’	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	3	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	40%	60%	40%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	20%	20%	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	25%	N/A	25%
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	75’	75’	75’

4.
Additional Commercial Building Type Standards.
1. a.
  Roof Form. The percentage of sloped roof requirement is measured as a percentage of the building footprint in plan view. For roof slope (pitch) requirements, see the roof form provisions in Table 10-2-3.2.9 above.
2. b.
  Transparency. In the DMS district, upper story windows shall be designed to reflect the traditional size and proportions of those seen on contributing buildings in the Historic District.

Effective on: 1/1/1901

R

Office-Institutional Building Type.

1.
Generally. This Subsection provides design standards for the Office-Institutional building type. The illustration of an Office-Institutional building type identifies common design features. Next is a description of the building type followed by tables providing design standards.
2.
Description. The Office-Institutional building type provides space for a variety of businesses, civic uses, and public organizations, including medical facilities, public assembly, and corporate offices. A pedestrian-friendly façade is achieved by incorporating transparency, clearly defined entrances, architectural details, canopies, and awnings to enhance the pedestrian environment. High quality and durable materials sometimes with iconic forms, such as towers, are a strong feature of this building type. Figure 10-2-3.2.16, Office-Institutional Building Type, illustrates this building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.16

Office-Institutional Building Type

Primary entrance connects to a public walkway.

Composition has a base, middle, and a cap with articulated walls and varied massing.

A high degree of transparency activates the street level façade.

THE SAMPLE IMAGES BELOW ARE SHOWN ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES AND ARE NOT MEANT TO PRESCRIBE THAT THESE FORMS MUST BE USED.

3.
Building Type Dimensional Standards. Figure 10-2-3.2.17, Office-Institutional Building Type, and Table 10-2-3.2.10, Office-Institutional Building Type Standards, establish the dimensional standards and how they apply to the Office-Institutional building type.

Figure 10-2-3.2.17 Office - Institutional Building Type (see Table 10-2-3.2.10, below)

Building Placement and Building Coverage	Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks

Building Activation	Building Form and Orientation

Table 10-2-3.2.10 Office - Institutional Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.17, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	5’ / 20’	0’ / 10’	0’ / 20’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	90% / 70%	90% / 90%	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	10’	10’	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	10’ / 10'	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	70%	90%	80%
G	Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	30%	0%	20%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	3 / 45'	4 / 55'*
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	12'	12'	12'
* A maximum of three stories / 45’ stories is permitted in the DMU district.
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	150’	150’	100’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	15’	15’	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	2	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	1	2
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	60%	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	20%	20%	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	5%	N/A	N/A
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	75’	75’	75’

Table 10-2-3.2.10 Office - Institutional Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.17, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	5’ / 20’	0’ / 10’	0’ / 20’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	90% / 70%	90% / 90%	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	10’	10’	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	10’ / 10'	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	70%	90%	80%
G	Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	30%	0%	20%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	3 / 45'	4 / 55'*
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	12'	12'	12'
* A maximum of three stories / 45’ stories is permitted in the DMU district.
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	150’	150’	100’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	15’	15’	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	2	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	1	2
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	60%	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	20%	20%	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	5%	N/A	N/A
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	75’	75’	75’

Table 10-2-3.2.10 Office - Institutional Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.17, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	5’ / 20’	0’ / 10’	0’ / 20’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	90% / 70%	90% / 90%	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	10’	10’	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	10’ / 10'	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	70%	90%	80%
G	Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	30%	0%	20%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	3 / 45'	4 / 55'*
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	12'	12'	12'
* A maximum of three stories / 45’ stories is permitted in the DMU district.
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	150’	150’	100’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	15’	15’	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	2	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	1	2
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	60%	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	20%	20%	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	5%	N/A	N/A
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	75’	75’	75’

Table 10-2-3.2.10 Office - Institutional Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.17, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	5’ / 20’	0’ / 10’	0’ / 20’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	90% / 70%	90% / 90%	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	10’	10’	10’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	5’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	10’ / 10'	0’ / 10'	0' / 10’
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	70%	90%	80%
G	Outdoor Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	30%	0%	20%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks
A	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2	2	2
B	Maximum Height (number of stories/feet)	N/A	3 / 45’	3 / 45'	4 / 55'*
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	80%
D	Maximum number of stories within 20 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2	2	2
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.)	N/A	12'	12'	12'
* A maximum of three stories / 45’ stories is permitted in the DMU district.
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	150’	150’	100’
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	15’	15’	15’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length before articulation	N/A	25’	25’	25’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	2	3
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.B for technique options)	N/A	1	1	2
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.)	N/A	30%	60%	30%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.)	N/A	20%	20%	20%
Building Form and Orientation
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	5%	N/A	N/A
A	Roof Slope	N/A	5:12 or steeper 3:12 or steeper for porches, add-ons, etc.	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
B	Primary entrance orientation	N/A	Directly facing the street
C	Primary entrance spacing (max.)	N/A	75’	75’	75’

4.
Additional Office-Institutional Building Type Standards.
1. a.
  Roof Form. The percentage of sloped roof requirement is measured as a percentage of the building footprint in plan view. For roof slope (pitch) requirements, see the roof form provisions in Table 10-2-3.2.10 above.
2. b.
  Transparency. In the DMS district, upper story windows shall be designed to reflect the traditional size and proportions of those seen on contributing buildings in the Historic District.
3. c.
  Design Standards.
  1.
  Purpose. The purpose of this paragraph is to provide standards that assure that an Office-Institutional building makes a positive contribution to the public realm.
  2.
  Pedestrian Activity. An Office-Institutional building shall be located such that it encourages pedestrian activity in the area and has the following characteristics:
  i.
  The building is located in a manner that is highly visible from the public right-of-way.
  ii.
  Primary entrances are oriented to connect to primary pedestrian circulation routes.
  iii.
  Outdoor spaces associated with the building are oriented where they will activate the street edge.
  3.
  Human Scale. An Office-Institutional building shall be designed to provide a pedestrian-friendly street level and convey a sense of human scale in building massing, materials, and details.
  4.
  Outdoor Civic Spaces. To assure that an outdoor civic space, as required in Section 10-2-4.1, DT Landscaping, makes a positive contribution to the public realm, such space shall be designed to enhance the network of streets, public spaces, and sidewalks in the downtown.
  i.
  The space shall be suitable for active public use.
  ii.
  The space shall be designed to include streetscape furnishings such as decorative lighting, benches, and public art.
  iii.
  The space shall provide convenient, safe, and aesthetically pleasing pedestrian connections.
  iv.
  The space shall maintain significant view corridors.
  v.
  The space shall minimize potential visual and safety impacts of automobiles.

Effective on: 1/1/1901

S

Parking Structure Building Type.

1.
Generally. This Subsection provides design standards for the Parking Structure building type. The illustration of a Parking Structure building type identifies some typical features. Next is a description of the building type followed by tables providing design standards.
2.
Description. A Parking Structure building type accommodates vehicle parking in a form that is designed to be compatible with the character of downtown. Cars are concealed to the greatest extent feasible and auto entries are visually subordinate. This is accomplished by concealing the garage space with other active uses as a “wrap” around parking spaces, or with architectural screens that provide visual interest and a sense of human scale. Figure 10-2-3.2.18, Parking Structure Building Type, illustrates this building type

Figure 10-2-3.2.18

Parking Structure Building Type

Activated street level “wrap”.

Architectural screening of parking levels.

Varied massing and articulation.

THE SAMPLE IMAGES BELOW ARE SHOWN ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES AND ARE NOT MEANT TO PRESCRIBE THAT THESE FORMS MUST BE USED.

3.
Building Type Dimensional Standards. Figure 10-2-3.2.19, Parking Structure Building Type, and Table 10-2-3.2.11, Parking Structure Building Type, establish the dimensional standards and how they apply to the Parking Structure building type, including those related to a “wrap” of other uses.

Figure 10-2-3.2.19 Parking Structure Building Type (see Table 10-2-3.2.11, below)

Building Placement and Building Coverage	Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks

Building Activation	Building Form and Orientation

Table 10-2-3.2.11 Parking Structure Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.19, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	90% / 70%	90% / 90%	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	10’	1’	15’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	15’ / 24'	0’ / 24'	10’ / 24'
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks (For building wrap)
A	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap” within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2 / 30'	2 / 30'	2 / 30'
B	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap”	N/A	3 / 45'	3 / 45'	3 / 45'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap” within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2 / 30'	2 / 30'	2 / 30'
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.) of a “wrap”	N/A	16'	16'	16'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	50’	50’	50’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length of “wrap” before articulation	N/A	50’	50’	50’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required for “wrap” (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	2	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques for “wrap”	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.) for “wrap”	N/A	50%	50%	50%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.) for “wrap”	N/A	30%	30%	30%
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
A	Primary entrance orientation for “wrap”	N/A	Directly facing the street
B	Primary entrance spacing (max.) for “wrap” (not including vehicle entries)	N/A	50’	50’	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.11 Parking Structure Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.19, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	90% / 70%	90% / 90%	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	10’	1’	15’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	15’ / 24'	0’ / 24'	10’ / 24'
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks (For building wrap)
A	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap” within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2 / 30'	2 / 30'	2 / 30'
B	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap”	N/A	3 / 45'	3 / 45'	3 / 45'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap” within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2 / 30'	2 / 30'	2 / 30'
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.) of a “wrap”	N/A	16'	16'	16'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	50’	50’	50’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length of “wrap” before articulation	N/A	50’	50’	50’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required for “wrap” (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	2	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques for “wrap”	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.) for “wrap”	N/A	50%	50%	50%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.) for “wrap”	N/A	30%	30%	30%
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
A	Primary entrance orientation for “wrap”	N/A	Directly facing the street
B	Primary entrance spacing (max.) for “wrap” (not including vehicle entries)	N/A	50’	50’	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.11 Parking Structure Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.19, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	90% / 70%	90% / 90%	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	10’	1’	15’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	15’ / 24'	0’ / 24'	10’ / 24'
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks (For building wrap)
A	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap” within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2 / 30'	2 / 30'	2 / 30'
B	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap”	N/A	3 / 45'	3 / 45'	3 / 45'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap” within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2 / 30'	2 / 30'	2 / 30'
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.) of a “wrap”	N/A	16'	16'	16'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	50’	50’	50’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length of “wrap” before articulation	N/A	50’	50’	50’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required for “wrap” (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	2	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques for “wrap”	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.) for “wrap”	N/A	50%	50%	50%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.) for “wrap”	N/A	30%	30%	30%
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
A	Primary entrance orientation for “wrap”	N/A	Directly facing the street
B	Primary entrance spacing (max.) for “wrap” (not including vehicle entries)	N/A	50’	50’	50’

Table 10-2-3.2.11 Parking Structure Building Type Standards (see Figure 10-2-3.2.19, above)
Symbol	Standard	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Building Placement and Building Coverage
A	Build-to Zone (BTZ) (min. / max. ft.)	N/A	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’	20’ / 30’
B	Primary / Secondary Street Frontage (min. % of façade in BTZ)	N/A	90% / 70%	90% / 90%	90% / 90%
C	Corner Lot Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	10’	1’	15’
D	Interior Side Setback (min. ft.)	N/A	0’	0’	10’
E	Rear Setback (min. ft. / min. ft. with alley)	N/A	15’ / 24'	0’ / 24'	10’ / 24'
F	Building Coverage (max. %)	N/A	75%	90%	90%
G	Open Space and Tree Canopy Coverage (min. %)	N/A	25%	0%	10%
Building Height and Upper Story Stepbacks (For building wrap)
A	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap” within 20 ft. of front property line (stepback distance of 20 ft.)	N/A	2 / 30'	2 / 30'	2 / 30'
B	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap”	N/A	3 / 45'	3 / 45'	3 / 45'
C	Maximum 4th-floor plate area (percentage of 3rd-floor area)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
D	Maximum number of stories/feet of a “wrap” within 10 ft. of a sensitive edge	N/A	2 / 30'	2 / 30'	2 / 30'
E	Ground Floor - Floor-to-Floor Height (max. ft.) of a “wrap”	N/A	16'	16'	16'
Building Activation
Street Facing Wall Lengths
A	Overall (max. ft.)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
B	Blank Wall (max. ft.)	N/A	50’	50’	50’
Street Facing Wall Articulation
C	Maximum façade length of “wrap” before articulation	N/A	50’	50’	50’
D	Minimum number of articulation techniques required for “wrap” (refer to Table 10-1-3.1.A for technique options)	N/A	2	2	2
Mass Variation
E	Minimum number of varied massing techniques for “wrap”	N/A	1	1	1
Transparency
F	Façade glazed: % ground floor wall area (min.) for “wrap”	N/A	50%	50%	50%
G	Façade glazed: % upper floor(s) wall area (min.) for “wrap”	N/A	30%	30%	30%
Roof Form
A	Minimum sloping roof form (hip, shed, or gable) as percentage of building in plan view	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building Entry
A	Primary entrance orientation for “wrap”	N/A	Directly facing the street
B	Primary entrance spacing (max.) for “wrap” (not including vehicle entries)	N/A	50’	50’	50’

4.
Additional Parking Structure Building Type Standards.
1. a.
  Purpose. The purpose of these additional standards is to maintain a pedestrian-oriented environment and provide human scale and visual interest along any parking garage street frontage. This is accomplished by providing usable space on the ground floor, providing architectural treatments that avoid blank wall façades, and ensuring consistency with the architectural character and quality of Downtown.
2. b.
  Street Level Uses. A multi-story parking structure (two levels or more) with a façade facing public street rights-of-way shall provide a wrap with active uses at the street level.
  1.
  The active use shall extend for a minimum of 80 percent of the linear frontage.
  2.
  Active uses permitted are commercial, live-work, residential, and institutional space.
3. c.
  Openings. Parking garage openings shall be vertically and horizontally aligned when viewed from a public street. Vehicle entrances shall be on an alley whenever one is present.
4. d.
  Context. Each façade oriented to a street or public space shall be designed to fit with the context of the block and convey a human scale and provide visual interest. Methods include:
  1.
  Articulation of the building structure expressions;
  2.
  Patterns of window, door, or other openings that provide surface variation;
  3.
  Changes in wall planes;
  4.
  Changes in materials that define building modules or patterns;
  5.
  Art; and
  6.
  Architectural details and ornamentation
5. e.
  Concealment.
  1.
  Street-oriented façades, including those for sloped parking ramps, shall conceal or effectively reduce the impact of parked cars and light sources from the exterior public view for the full height of the structure.
  2.
  Openings in parking structure façades that face a street shall be proportioned to appear as separate windows in a wall rather than long horizontal gaps between the structural frame.

Effective on: 1/1/1901

T

Additional Design Standards for All Districts.

1.
Purpose. The purpose of these standards is to maintain views from the public way to features that give distinct identity to Downtown Littleton. These include views of historic landmarks and to the mountains. Specific view corridors may be defined in other planning documents, such as a Downtown Plan. Note that maintaining a partial view may meet the intent of this standard, as determined by the Council.
2.
Encroachment Agreement. As a condition of approval of an encroachment permit for a permanent encroachment of public rights-of-way, including but not limited to, an awning, canopy, cornice, window sill, belt courses, or bay window, and as determined by the Director, the applicant shall execute an encroachment agreement to place all risks and liability for the encroachment on the permittee, at the applicant's expense.
1. a.
  Terms. The encroachment agreement shall contain the following general terms, among others as approved by the City Attorney:
  1. 1.
    Assumption of the Risk. The permittee shall assume all risks of injury and damage relating to the encroachment.
  2. 2.
    Indemnification. The permittee shall agree to indemnify the city of Littleton, its officers, employees, and agents from all injuries, damages, and costs relating to the encroachment.
  3. 3.
    Maintenance. The permittee shall assume full responsibility for adequate maintenance of the encroachment.
  4. 4.
    Revocability. The agreement shall state the right of the city to revoke the permit at any time.
2. b.
  Recordation. The encroachment agreement shall be recorded with the office of the Clerk and Recorder against any real property owned by the permittee adjacent to the encroachment area before construction or placement of the encroachment within the right-of-way. Proof of recordation shall be given to the Director prior to issuance of the encroachment permit.
3.
View Corridor.
1. a.
  Key View Corridors. Where a key view corridor from the public way exists, design a building to frame the view to a key community landmark or natural feature. Examples of key community landmarks and natural features include, but are not limited to:
  1. 1.
    Geneva Lodge;
  2. 2.
    Carnegie Library;
  3. 3.
    Littleton Courthouse;
  4. 4.
    Columbine Mill; and
  5. 5.
    The Mountains.
2. b.
  View Maintenance. A view shall be maintained by:
  1. 1.
    Locating a building on its site to permit a view through the site to the landmark.
  2. 2.
    Stepping the building mass down to permit a partial view through to the landmark, as determined by the Council.
4.
Providing Focal Points. A focal point may be a public art installation, special landscape feature, or an iconic building element, such as a corner tower, that gives a distinct identity to individual sites in Downtown Littleton. These should be incorporated into building design and serve as reference points and as means of providing interest in the character of the street. A site at the end of a street, where views terminate, is an example of a location that should be developed with a focal point.
5.
Human Scale in Buildings.
1. a.
  Human Scale Techniques. A building shall be designed to provide a sense of human scale. These techniques shall be used:
  1. 1.
    Variation in the building form, such as recessed or projecting bays;
  2. 2.
    Expression of architectural or structural modules that reflect traditional building widths in the Downtown;
  3. 3.
    Compositions of windows with similar shapes and patterns;
  4. 4.
    Emphasis of building entries through projecting or recessed forms, detail, color, and materials;
  5. 5.
    Variations of material, material modules, expressed joints and details, surface relief, color, and texture;
  6. 6.
    The repetition of columns or bay spacing which subdivide the building façade into smaller human-scaled elements; and
  7. 7.
    See also Subsection 10-1-3.1.B, Varied Massing.
2. b.
  Façade Composition.
  1. 1.
    A building façade shall have three vertical divisions:
    i.
    Base;
    ii.
    Middle; and
    iii.
    Cap.
  2. 2.
    The 'Base' shall be defined by one or more of these techniques:
    i.
    A building foundation line (on lower scale residential buildings);
    ii.
    A street level of storefronts;
    iii.
    A series of stoops or porches; or
    iv.
    Changing materials or their details to distinguish the 'Base' from the 'Middle' sections.
  3. 3.
    The 'Middle' shall be defined by one or more of these techniques:
    i.
    A series of one or more floors above the ground level with similar patterns and materials;
    ii.
    Window patterns arranged to distinguish these intermediate floors from those below and above; or
    iii.
    Changing materials or their details to distinguish them from those below or above.
  4. 4.
    The 'Cap' shall be designed to create a sense of terminating the building façade. This may be achieved by one or more of these techniques:
    i.
    Providing a projecting cornice or eave;
    ii.
    Varying window patterns to distinguish the top floor from those below;
    iii.
    Stepping back upper wall planes; or
    iv.
    Changing materials.
3. c.
  Depth of Architectural Details. To assure that architectural details are of sufficient dimensions such that they contribute to a sense of human scale and provide visual interest, a façade that faces a public right-of-way shall include details that convey a depth sufficient to create interest and a sense of scale, through the interplay of light and shadow. Examples of techniques that meet this standard include:
  1. 1.
    Recessed windows, at least three inches as permitted by design;
  2. 2.
    Recessed entries and doors;
  3. 3.
    Projecting sills;
  4. 4.
    Projecting pilasters and columns;
  5. 5.
    Balconies;
  6. 6.
    Overhanging eaves, cornices, and roofs;
  7. 7.
    Porches;
  8. 8.
    Bay windows and other projecting bays; and
  9. 9.
    Dormers.
4. d.
  Adjacent Buildings. A building shall be designed to provide human scale, interest, and variety while maintaining consistency with adjacent and nearby buildings. Examples of techniques that meet this standard are:
  1. 1.
    Variation in the building form, such as recessed or projecting bays;
  2. 2.
    Expression of architectural or structural modules and detail;
  3. 3.
    Diversity of window size, shape, or patterns;
  4. 4.
    Accentuation of the building entry through projecting or recessed forms, details, color, or materials;
  5. 5.
    Variations of materials, expressed joints and details, surface relief, color, and texture to scale; and
  6. 6.
    Frequent rhythm of column or bay spacing, subdividing the building façade into smaller human-scaled modules.

Effective on: 1/1/1901